Merge branch 'master' into Uma_Johnson-tc-create-1

This commit is contained in:
Larry Sallee 2022-06-24 17:56:59 +00:00
commit d489a4900c
5 changed files with 274 additions and 245 deletions

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

View File

@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ MAT 1 intro y7kk 0 # Matthew 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatti
MAT 1 1 ava1 0 General Information: The author begins with Jesus genealogy in order to show that he is a descendant of of both King David and of Abraham. The genealogy continues through [1:17](../01/17.md).
MAT 1 1 vpg1 figs-metaphor Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, υἱοῦ Δαυεὶδ, υἱοῦ Ἀβραάμ 1 of Jesus Christ, son of David, son of Abraham Here, **son** means “descendant.” If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Descendant of King David, who was a descendent of Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 1 3 g8y6 translate-names 0 of Perez … Zerah … of Hezron … of Ram Unless stated otherwise, all of the names in this genealogy are mens names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MAT 1 5 q5bd translate-names Ῥαχάβ…Ῥούθ 1 Boaz became the father of Obed by Ruth **Rahab** and **Ruth** were the names of women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MAT 1 11 rj7p ἐπὶ τῆς μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος 1 at the deportation to Babylon Alternate translation: See the UST
MAT 1 5 q5bd translate-names Ῥαχάβ…Ῥούθ 1 Boaz became the father of Obed by Ruth **Rahab** and **Ruth** are the names of women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MAT 1 11 rj7p ἐπὶ τῆς μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος 1 at the deportation to Babylon
MAT 1 11 v2im Βαβυλῶνος 1 to Babylon Here, **Babylonian** refers to the country of Babylonia, not just the city of Babylon.
MAT 1 12 y7cx μετὰ…τὴν μετοικεσίαν Βαβυλῶνος 1 after the deportation to Babylon Use the same wording you used in [1:11](../01/11.md) for **Babylonian**.
MAT 1 16 b3bm figs-activepassive Μαρίας, ἐξ ἧς ἐγεννήθη Ἰησοῦς 1 of Mary, by whom Jesus was born If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Mary, who gave birth to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -13,106 +13,106 @@ MAT 1 16 wdbo translate-names Μαρίας 1 **Mary** is the name of a woman. (
MAT 1 16 z2rg figs-activepassive ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός 1 who is called Christ If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whom people call Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 1 17 z5xw τῆς μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος 1 the deportation to Babylon Use the same wording you used in [1:11](../01/11.md).
MAT 1 18 gnl6 writing-newevent τοῦ δὲ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἡ γένεσις οὕτως ἦν 1 General Information: This begins a new part of the story in which the author describes the events leading up to the birth of Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
MAT 1 18 cqt1 figs-activepassive μνηστευθείσης τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ Μαρίας τῷ Ἰωσήφ 1 His mother, Mary, having been engaged to marry Joseph Mary was given by her parents to Joseph to marry him. This was common in their culture. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Marys parents promised to Jospeh that Mary, Jesus mother, would marry him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 1 18 xvk1 figs-euphemism πρὶν…συνελθεῖν αὐτοὺς 1 before they came together This may refer to Mary and Joseph sleeping together. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “before they had slept together” or “before they got married” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
MAT 1 18 cqt1 figs-activepassive μνηστευθείσης τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ Μαρίας τῷ Ἰωσήφ 1 His mother, Mary, having been engaged to marry Joseph Mary was given by her parents to Joseph to marry him. This was common in their culture. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Marys parents promised to Joseph that Mary, who would be Jesus mother, would marry him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 1 18 xvk1 figs-euphemism πρὶν…συνελθεῖν αὐτοὺς 1 before they came together This may refer to Mary and Joseph uniting sexually. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “before they had slept together” or “before they got married” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
MAT 1 18 in4a figs-activepassive εὑρέθη ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχουσα 1 was found having in the womb If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they realized that she was going to have a baby” or “it happened that she was pregnant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 1 18 q6y8 figs-idiom εὑρέθη ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχουσα 1 This is an idiom meaning people discovered that she was pregnant. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: (1) “Joseph found out that she was pregnant” or (2), more generally “Some people discovered that she was pregnant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 1 18 a71d figs-explicit ἐκ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 by the Holy Spirit The power of the **Holy Spirit** had enabled Mary to have a baby before she had slept with a man. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “through the Holy Spirit allowing her to be pregnant without sleeping with a man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 1 18 q6y8 figs-idiom εὑρέθη ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχουσα 1 This is an idiom meaning people discovered that she was pregnant. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “found out that she was pregnant” or “was discovered to be pregnant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 1 18 a71d figs-explicit ἐκ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 by the Holy Spirit The power of the **Holy Spirit** had enabled Mary to conceive a baby before she had slept with a man. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “through the Holy Spirit causing her to be pregnant without sleeping with a man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 1 19 pu3p grammar-connect-time-background ἀπολῦσαι αὐτήν 1 to divorce her Mark is providing this background information to help readers understand who Joseph was and what his motives were. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “Joseph her husband was a righteous man who did not want to embarrass her publicly.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
MAT 1 20 iip4 grammar-connect-time-simultaneous ταῦτα δὲ αὐτοῦ ἐνθυμηθέντος ἰδοὺ, ἄγγελος Κυρίου κατ’ ὄναρ ἐφάνη αὐτῷ 1 when he had thought The angel appeared to Joseph at the same time he was considering divorcing Mary. You can make this clear in your translation with an appropriate connecting word or phrase. Alternate translation: “During the time when Jospeh was considering divorcing Mary, an angel of the Lord appeared to him in a dream” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
MAT 1 20 lc8r figs-metaphor υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 son of David Here, **son** means “descendant.” If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Descendant of King David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 1 20 va5e figs-activepassive τὸ…ἐν αὐτῇ γεννηθὲν ἐκ Πνεύματός ἐστιν Ἁγίου 1 the one who has been conceived in her is from the Holy Spirit If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit caused Mary to become pregnant with this child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 1 21 j38f grammar-connect-time-background αὐτὸς γὰρ σώσει τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν 1 she will bear a son **for he will save his people from their sins** is explaining the meaning of the name**Jesus**. In Hebrew, Jesus comes from the word meaning “to save”. Use a natural way in your language for introducing this background information. Alternate translation: “For, just like his name means, he will save his people from their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
MAT 1 21 j38f grammar-connect-time-background αὐτὸς γὰρ σώσει τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν 1 she will bear a son The clause **for he will save his people from their sins** is explaining the meaning of the name**Jesus**. In Hebrew, Jesus comes from the word meaning “to save”. Use a natural way in your language for introducing this background information. Alternate translation: “for, just like his name means, he will save his people from their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
MAT 1 21 em9q τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ 1 his people Here, **his** refers to the those people who love the Lord. Alternate translation: “the people whom the Lord loves”
MAT 1 22 c1vw figs-activepassive τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ Κυρίου διὰ τοῦ προφήτου 1 what was spoken by the Lord through the prophet If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what the Lord told the prophet to write long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 1 22 p39k figs-explicit τοῦ προφήτου 1 the prophet There were many prophets. Matthew was speaking specifically of Isaiah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the prophet Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 1 22 e8ld writing-quotations λέγοντος 1 In Pauls culture, **saying** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet. If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “He wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
MAT 1 23 sln1 translate-names Ἐμμανουήλ 1 Immanuel **Immanuel** is a male name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MAT 1 23 wlft figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 The term **behold** focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Though it literally means “look” or “see,” in this case seeing figuratively means giving notice and attention. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Pay attention to what I am saying to you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 1 23 lm6t grammar-connect-time-background ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, μεθ’ ἡμῶν ὁ Θεός 1 which is translated, “God with us.” Matthew is providing this background information to help readers understand what the name **Immanuel** means. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “This name means, God with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
MAT 1 24 iue3 grammar-connect-logic-result ἐποίησεν ὡς προσέταξεν αὐτῷ ὁ ἄγγελος Κυρίου, καὶ παρέλαβεν τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ 1 Connecting Statement: If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Jospeh took Mary as his wife, just as the angel of the Lord commanded Him to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
MAT 1 25 i7p5 figs-euphemism οὐκ ἐγίνωσκεν αὐτὴν 1 he did not know her Mark uses a polite expression to say that they had not engaged in sexual activity. Alternate translation: “He did not have sexual with her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
MAT 1 23 wlft figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 The term **Behold** focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Though it literally means “look” or “see,” in this case seeing figuratively means giving notice and attention. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a separate sentence and in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Pay attention to what I am saying to you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 1 23 lm6t grammar-connect-time-background ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, μεθ’ ἡμῶν ὁ Θεός 1 which is translated, “God with us.” Matthew is providing this background information to help readers understand what the name **Immanuel** means. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “a name that means, God with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
MAT 1 24 iue3 grammar-connect-logic-result ἐποίησεν ὡς προσέταξεν αὐτῷ ὁ ἄγγελος Κυρίου, καὶ παρέλαβεν τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ 1 Connecting Statement: If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “took Mary as his wife, just as the angel of the Lord commanded him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
MAT 1 25 i7p5 figs-euphemism οὐκ ἐγίνωσκεν αὐτὴν 1 he did not know her Mark uses a polite expression to say that they had not engaged in sexual activity. Alternate translation: “he did not have sexual relations with her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
MAT 2 intro dz1c 0 # Matthew 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in verses 6 and 18, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “His star”<br><br>These words probably refer to a star that the learned men believed to be the sign of a new king of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Learned men”<br><br>English translations use many different words to translate this phrase. These words include “magi” and “wise men.” These men could have been scientists or astrologers. If you can, you should translate this with the general word “learned men.”
MAT 2 1 j9yn grammar-connect-time-sequential τοῦ δὲ Ἰησοῦ γεννηθέντος ἐν Βηθλέεμ τῆς Ἰουδαίας ἐν ἡμέραις Ἡρῴδου τοῦ βασιλέως, ἰδοὺ, μάγοι ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν παρεγένοντο εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 General Information: **learned men from the east arrived in Jerusalem** comes after **Jesus had been born in Bethlehem of Judea**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “Now after Jesus had been born in the city of Bethlehem, which is in Judea, men who studied the stars came to Jerusalem from an eastern country” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
MAT 2 1 j9yn grammar-connect-time-sequential τοῦ δὲ Ἰησοῦ γεννηθέντος ἐν Βηθλέεμ τῆς Ἰουδαίας ἐν ἡμέραις Ἡρῴδου τοῦ βασιλέως, ἰδοὺ, μάγοι ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν παρεγένοντο εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 General Information: Here, **learned men from the east arrived in Jerusalem** comes after **Jesus had been born in Bethlehem of Judea**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “Now after Jesus had been born in the city of Bethlehem, which is in Judea, men who studied the stars came to Jerusalem from an eastern country” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
MAT 2 1 kf5g translate-names Ἡρῴδου 1 of Herod There was more than one man named **Herod**. This refers to **Herod** the Great. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MAT 2 1 p6gc translate-unknown μάγοι ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν 1 learned men from the east These men were men who studied the stars in the sky to try to learn what the gods were communicating to them. If your readers would not be familiar with this, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “men who studied the stars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT 2 1 p6gc translate-unknown μάγοι ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν 1 learned men from the east The **learned men** were men who studied the stars in the sky to try to learn what the gods were communicating to them. If your readers would not be familiar with this, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “men who studied the stars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT 2 2 w3nc grammar-connect-logic-result εἴδομεν γὰρ αὐτοῦ τὸν ἀστέρα ἐν τῇ ἀνατολῇ καὶ ἤλθομεν προσκυνῆσαι αὐτῷ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase is the result of the first phrase. Alternate translation: “We have come to worship him, for we saw his star in the sky in the east” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
MAT 2 2 zj7c figs-explicit αὐτοῦ τὸν ἀστέρα 1 his star They were not saying that the baby was the owner of the **star**, but rather that this star was directing them to where the child was. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the star that tells about him” or “the star that is associated with his birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 2 2 v248 προσκυνῆσαι 1 to worship This could mean: (1) they intended to **worship** the baby as divine. (2) they wanted to honor him as a human king. If your language has a word that includes both meanings, you should consider using it here.
MAT 2 3 qu3d figs-metonymy πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 all Jerusalem Here, **Jerusalem** refers to the people who live in Jerusalem. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “all the people in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 2 3 b0gt figs-ellipsis καὶ πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 Matthew left out some words in this phrase that might be needed in certain languages to make a full sentence. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “And many in Jerusalem were troubled along with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 2 3 b0gt figs-ellipsis καὶ πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 Matthew left out some words in this phrase that might be needed in certain languages to make a full sentence. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and many in Jerusalem were troubled along with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 2 3 mc1r figs-hyperbole πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 all Jerusalem Here, **all** means “many.” Matthew is exaggerating to emphasize how many people were worried. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “many of the people in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MAT 2 4 ne4v figs-quotations ἐπυνθάνετο παρ’ αὐτῶν ποῦ ὁ Χριστὸς γεννᾶται 1 General Information: If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “He was asking them where the Messiah was supposed to have been born” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
MAT 2 4 ne4v figs-quotations ἐπυνθάνετο παρ’ αὐτῶν ποῦ ὁ Χριστὸς γεννᾶται 1 General Information: If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “he was asking them where the Messiah was supposed to have been born” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
MAT 2 5 w68n figs-ellipsis ἐν Βηθλέεμ τῆς Ἰουδαίας 1 In Bethlehem of Judea Matthew is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “He is supposed to have been born in Bethlehem, which is in the region of Judea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 2 5 z2i4 figs-activepassive οὕτως…γέγραπται διὰ τοῦ προφήτου 1 thus it has been written through the prophet If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “this is what the prophet wrote long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 2 5 o460 writing-quotations οὕτως γὰρ γέγραπται διὰ τοῦ προφήτου 1 In Matthews culture, **for thus it has been written through the prophet** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Micah the prophet. If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Matthew is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “according to Micah the prophet, who wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
MAT 2 6 kmw7 figs-apostrophe καὶ σύ Βηθλέεμ, γῆ Ἰούδα, οὐδαμῶς ἐλαχίστη εἶ ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν Ἰούδα; ἐκ σοῦ γὰρ ἐξελεύσεται ἡγούμενος, ὅστις ποιμανεῖ τὸν λαόν μου τὸν Ἰσραήλ 1 you, Bethlehem Micah was speaking to **Bethlehem** as if it was a person. If this is confusing in your language, consider referring to Bethlehem in the third person. Alternate translation: “Bethlehem, in the land of Judah, is by no means the least among the leaders of Judah. For from this region a ruler will come who will shepherd my people Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
MAT 2 6 kmw7 figs-apostrophe καὶ σύ Βηθλέεμ, γῆ Ἰούδα, οὐδαμῶς ἐλαχίστη εἶ ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν Ἰούδα; ἐκ σοῦ γὰρ ἐξελεύσεται ἡγούμενος, ὅστις ποιμανεῖ τὸν λαόν μου τὸν Ἰσραήλ 1 you, Bethlehem Micah was speaking to **Bethlehem** as if it were a person. If this is confusing in your language, consider referring to Bethlehem in the third person. Alternate translation: “Bethlehem, in the land of Judah, is by no means the least among the leaders of Judah. For from this region a ruler will come who will shepherd my people Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
MAT 2 6 c2cl figs-litotes οὐδαμῶς ἐλαχίστη εἶ ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν Ἰούδα 1 are by no means the least among the leaders of Judah If **are by no means the least among the leaders of Judah** is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “your town is among the most important towns in Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
MAT 2 6 rihn figs-metonymy ἐκ σοῦ γὰρ ἐξελεύσεται ἡγούμενος 1 When Matthew says **for from you will come out a ruler**, he is talking about from the people who live in Bethlehem. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “from your people a leader will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 2 6 tg5d figs-metaphor ὅστις ποιμανεῖ τὸν λαόν μου τὸν Ἰσραήλ 1 who will shepherd my people Israel Micah speaks of this ruler as one who will **shepherdIsrael**. This means he will lead and care for the people just like a shepherd cares for their animals. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “who will lead my people Israel and take care of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 2 6 rihn figs-metonymy ἐκ σοῦ γὰρ ἐξελεύσεται ἡγούμενος 1 When Matthew says **for from you will come out a ruler**, he means from the people who live in Bethlehem. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “for from your people a ruler will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 2 6 tg5d figs-metaphor ὅστις ποιμανεῖ τὸν λαόν μου τὸν Ἰσραήλ 1 who will shepherd my people Israel Micah speaks of this ruler as one who will **shepherd my people Israel**. This means he will lead and care for the people just like a shepherd cares for their animals. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “who will lead my people Israel and take care of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 2 8 jtw7 figs-infostructure προσκυνήσω αὐτῷ 1 might worship him Herod first says **Having gone, search carefully for the young child, and after you have found him, report to me so that I also, having come, might worship him.** and then he **sent them to Bethlehem**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Herod said to the men who study the stars, “After you leave, search carefully for the young child, and after you have found him, report to me so that I also, having come, might worship him.” Then he sent them to Bethlehem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
MAT 2 11 q8vp figs-explicit πεσόντες προσεκύνησαν αὐτῷ 1 In their culture, **falling down, they worshipped him** was something that was done to a king. This shows that they saw Jesus as the true king of the Jews. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “They bowed down and honored the child as they would a king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 2 11 r452 figs-metonymy τοὺς θησαυροὺς αὐτῶν 1 their treasures Here, **their treasures** refers to the boxes or bags they used to carry their treasures. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the containers that held their treasures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 2 11 kidl figs-explicit προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ δῶρα 1 In some cultures, gifts are brought when you are meeting someone important to show that you honor them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “They offered him gifts to honor him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 2 11 q8vp figs-explicit πεσόντες προσεκύνησαν αὐτῷ 1 In their culture, **falling down, they worshiped him** was something that was done before a king. This shows that they saw Jesus as the true king of the Jews. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “bowing down, they honored the child as they would a king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 2 11 r452 figs-metonymy τοὺς θησαυροὺς αὐτῶν 1 their treasures Here, **their treasures** refers to the boxes or bags they used to carry their valuable cargo. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the containers that held their treasures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 2 11 kidl figs-explicit προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ δῶρα 1 In some cultures, when you go to meet someone important, gifts are brought to show that you honor that person. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they offered him gifts to honor him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 2 13 v88f figs-explicit ἕως ἂν εἴπω σοι 1 until I tell you If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you can make the full meaning of this statement explicit. Alternate translation: “until I tell you it is safe to come back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 2 15 ft3a writing-pronouns ἦν ἐκεῖ 1 he was It is implied that Joseph, Mary, and Jesus remained in Egypt. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jospeh, Mary and Jesus were there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MAT 2 15 ft3a writing-pronouns ἦν ἐκεῖ 1 he was It is implied that Joseph, Mary, and Jesus remained in Egypt. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Joseph, Mary and Jesus were there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MAT 2 15 we5w figs-activepassive ἵνα πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ Κυρίου διὰ τοῦ προφήτου 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in order that God might prove true that which he spoke through the prophet Hosea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 2 15 s792 writing-quotations λέγοντος 1 See how you translated **saying** in [1:23](../01/23.md)(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
MAT 2 16 g513 figs-activepassive ἐνεπαίχθη ὑπὸ τῶν μάγων 1 he had been mocked by the learned men If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the learned men had embarrassed him by tricking him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 2 16 d8d5 figs-explicit ἀποστείλας, ἀνεῖλεν πάντας τοὺς παῖδας 1 having sent forth, he killed all the male children Herod sent other people to kill the **children**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he gave orders for his soldiers to kill all the boys” or “he sent soldiers there to kill all the boy babies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 2 16 d8d5 figs-explicit ἀποστείλας, ἀνεῖλεν πάντας τοὺς παῖδας 1 having sent forth, he killed all the male children Herod sent other people to kill the **children**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he gave orders for his soldiers to kill all the baby boys” or “having given the orders, he caused the murder of all the little boys” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 2 17 l8g5 figs-activepassive ἐπληρώθη τὸ ῥηθὲν 1 Then was fulfilled See how your translated this in [2:15](../02/15.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 2 18 k91t figs-activepassive φωνὴ…ἠκούσθη 1 A voice was heard If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People heard a voice” or “People heard a sound” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 2 18 k91t figs-activepassive φωνὴ…ἠκούσθη 1 A voice was heard If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People heard a voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 2 18 x062 figs-doublet κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὀδυρμὸς πολύς 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that the sound of weeping was very loud. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “much weeping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
MAT 2 18 zm17 figs-metonymy Ῥαχὴλ κλαίουσα τὰ τέκνα αὐτῆς καὶ οὐκ ἤθελεν παρακληθῆναι 1 Rachel weeping for her children **Rachel** lived many years before this time. This prophecy depicts Rachel, who is represented by her descendants weeping over their children. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Rachel are weeping over their children, and no one can comfort them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 2 18 zm17 figs-metonymy Ῥαχὴλ κλαίουσα τὰ τέκνα αὐτῆς καὶ οὐκ ἤθελεν παρακληθῆναι 1 Rachel weeping for her children **Rachel** lived many years before this time. This prophecy depicts Rachel, who is represented by her descendants, weeping for the lost children. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Rachel are weeping for their children, and no one can comfort them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 2 18 rgg1 figs-activepassive οὐκ ἤθελεν παρακληθῆναι 1 not willing to be comforted If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one could comfort her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 2 18 p9ri figs-euphemism ὅτι οὐκ εἰσίν 1 because they are no more Here, **they are no more** is a polite way of saying they are dead. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “because they were dead” or “because the children were gone and would never return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
MAT 2 20 hz2m figs-euphemism οἱ ζητοῦντες τὴν ψυχὴν τοῦ παιδίου 1 those who seek the life of the child Here, **seeking the life of the child** is a way of saying they wanted to kill the child. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “those who were looking for the child in order to kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
MAT 2 20 hz2m figs-euphemism οἱ ζητοῦντες τὴν ψυχὴν τοῦ παιδίου 1 those who seek the life of the child Here, **those seeking the life of the child** is a way of saying “those wanting to kill the child.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “those who were looking for the child in order to kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
MAT 2 22 h4cq translate-names Ἀρχέλαος 1 Archelaus **Archelaus** is the name of Herods son. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MAT 2 23 dx5i figs-activepassive πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τῶν προφητῶν 1 what had been spoken through the prophets See how you translated this in [2:15](../02/15.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 3 intro a6h3 0 # Matthew 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in verse 3.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Bear fruit worthy of repentance”<br><br>Fruit is a common picture word in the scriptures. Writers use it to describe the results of either good or bad behavior. In this chapter, good fruit is the result of living as God commands. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fruit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “The kingdom of heaven is near”<br><br>No one knows for sure whether the “kingdom of heaven” was present or still coming when John spoke these words. English translations often use the phrase “at hand,” but these words can be difficult to translate. Other versions use the phrases “is coming near” and “has come near.”
MAT 3 1 xp3z writing-newevent  δὲ 1 General Information: This is the beginning of a new part of the story where Matthew tells of the ministry of John the Baptist. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time while Jesus was still in Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
MAT 3 1 ifa0 writing-participants  Ἰωάννης ὁ Βαπτιστὴς 1 This introduces John as a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. The expression “the Baptizer” identifies him as someone who baptized people in water after they were sorry for their sins. Since he is a new participant, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could call him something like “a man named John, who baptized people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
MAT 3 2 hvx8 figs-metonymy ἤγγικεν…ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the kingdom of the heavens is near The phrase **the kingdom of the heavens** refers to God ruling as king. **heavens** refers to the place where God rules from. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “our God in heaven will soon show himself to be king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 3 intro a6h3 0 # Matthew 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in verse 3.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### “Bear fruit worthy of repentance”<br><br>Fruit is a common picture word in the scriptures. Writers use it to describe the results of either good or bad behavior. In this chapter, good fruit is the result of living as God commands. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fruit]])<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Cchapter<br><br>### “The kingdom of heaven is near”<br><br>No one knows for sure whether the “kingdom of heaven” was present or still coming when John spoke these words. English translations often use the phrase “at hand,” but these words can be difficult to translate. Other versions use the phrases “is coming near” and “has come near.”
MAT 3 1 xp3z writing-newevent δὲ 1 General Information: This is the beginning of a new part of the story where Matthew tells of the ministry of John the Baptist. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time while Jesus was still in Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
MAT 3 1 ifa0 writing-participants Ἰωάννης ὁ Βαπτιστὴς 1 This introduces John as a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. The expression “the Baptizer” identifies him as someone who baptized people in water after they were sorry for their sins. Since he is a new participant, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could call him something like “a man named John, who baptized people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
MAT 3 2 hvx8 figs-metonymy ἤγγικεν…ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the kingdom of the heavens is near The phrase **the kingdom of the heavens** refers to God ruling as king. Here, **heavens** refers to the place from which God rules. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “our God in heaven will soon show himself to be king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 3 3 fl4v figs-activepassive οὗτος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ ῥηθεὶς διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου λέγοντος 1 For this is he who was spoken of by Isaiah the prophet, saying If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “For John was the one who Isaiah spoke about when he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 3 3 yhe7 figs-quotesinquotes ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου; εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ 1 Make ready the way of the Lord … make his paths straight Here there is a direct quotation inside a direct quotation, as Mark quotes Isaiah who quotes the messenger. If this would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “a voice crying out in the wilderness, telling people to make ready the way of the Lord and to make his paths straight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
MAT 3 3 hxb6 writing-quotations φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 1 The voice of one calling out in the wilderness Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “The voice of someone crying out in the wilderness is heard, saying:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
MAT 3 3 s62r figs-synecdoche φωνὴ βοῶντος 1 Here, a voice figuratively refers to the messenger who uses his voice to cry out. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “people will hear the messengers voice as he cries out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MAT 3 3 s62r figs-synecdoche φωνὴ βοῶντος 1 Here, a voice figuratively refers to the messenger, who uses his voice to cry out. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “People will hear the messengers voice as he cries out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MAT 3 3 n7lh figs-parallelism ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου; εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ 1 **Make ready the way of the Lord** and **make his paths straight** mean the same thing. If this would be confusing in your language, you could combine the two. “Prepare to hear and obey the Lords message when he comes”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
MAT 3 3 j99i figs-metaphor ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου 1 Make ready the way of the Lord Isaiah uses a metaphor here of preparing paths or the way that someone will travel on. If someone prepares a path for another, they make the path walkable. If someone in high authority were coming, they would make sure the roads were clear from any hazards. So this metaphor means that the people should prepare themselves to receive the Lords message when he comes. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or use plain speech. Alternate translation: “Prepare to hear and obey the Lords message when he comes” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
MAT 3 4 j647 writing-background αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ Ἰωάννης εἶχεν τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τριχῶν καμήλου καὶ ζώνην δερματίνην περὶ τὴν ὀσφὺν αὐτοῦ, ἡ δὲ τροφὴ ἦν αὐτοῦ ἀκρίδες καὶ μέλι ἄγριον 1 Now this John had his clothing from the hair of a camel and a leather belt around his waist, and his food was locusts and wild honey The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Matthew gives the reader some background information about what John the Baptist ate, and what he looked like. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MAT 3 4 su9d figs-idiom εἶχεν τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τριχῶν καμήλου 1 had his clothing from the hair of a camel and a leather belt around his waist **had his clothing from the hair of a camel** means that he wore clothes made from camels hair. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “wore clothing made from the hair of a camel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 3 3 j99i figs-metaphor ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου 1 Make ready the way of the Lord Here Isaiah uses a metaphor of preparing paths or **the way** on which someone will travel. If someone prepares a path for another, they make the path walkable. If someone in high authority were coming, they would make sure the roads were clear from any hazards. So this metaphor means that the people should prepare themselves to receive the Lords message when he comes. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or use plain speech. Alternate translation: “Prepare to hear and obey the Lords message when he comes” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
MAT 3 4 j647 writing-background αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ Ἰωάννης εἶχεν τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τριχῶν καμήλου καὶ ζώνην δερματίνην περὶ τὴν ὀσφὺν αὐτοῦ, ἡ δὲ τροφὴ ἦν αὐτοῦ ἀκρίδες καὶ μέλι ἄγριον 1 Now this John had his clothing from the hair of a camel and a leather belt around his waist, and his food was locusts and wild honey The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Matthew gives the reader some background information about what John the Baptist ate and what he looked like. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MAT 3 4 su9d figs-idiom εἶχεν τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τριχῶν καμήλου 1 had his clothing from the hair of a camel and a leather belt around his waist That John **had his clothing from the hair of a camel** means that he wore clothes made from camels hair. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “wore clothing made from the hair of a camel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 3 4 wo34 translate-unknown καμήλου 1 If your readers would not know what a **camel** is, you could include a description in a footnote or use a more general term. Alternate translation: “animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT 3 4 xgxk translate-unknown ἀκρίδες 1 If your readers would not know what **locusts** are, you could include a description in a footnote or use a more general term. Alternate translation: “grasshoppers” or “insects” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT 3 5 j8ke figs-metonymy Ἱεροσόλυμα, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ περίχωρος τοῦ Ἰορδάνου 1 Jerusalem, and all Judea, and all the region around The words **Jerusalem**, **Judea**, and **the region around the Jordan** are metonyms for the people from those areas. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “people from Jerusalem, Judea, and the region near the Jordan river” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 3 5 zys1 figs-hyperbole Ἱεροσόλυμα, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ περίχωρος 1 Jerusalem, and all Judea, and all the region around The word **all** is an exaggeration to emphasize that very many people went out. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that depicts many people. Alternate translation: “very many people from Jerusalem, Judea, and the region near the Jordan river” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MAT 3 5 zys1 figs-hyperbole Ἱεροσόλυμα, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ περίχωρος 1 Jerusalem, and all Judea, and all the region around The word **all** is an exaggeration to emphasize that very many people went out. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that depicts many people. Alternate translation: “very many people from Jerusalem, Judea, and the region near” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MAT 3 6 v5xn figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίζοντο…ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 being baptized by him If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “John baptized them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 3 7 fjl3 figs-metaphor γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν 1 You offspring of vipers, who Here, **offspring of vipers** means having the characteristic of vipers, which are poisonous snakes. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “You evil poisonous snakes!” or “You are evil like poisonous snakes!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 3 7 c4cl figs-rquestion τίς ὑπέδειξεν ὑμῖν φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς? 1 who warned you to flee from the coming wrath? John uses a question to rebuke the Pharisees and Sadducees because they were asking him to baptize them so that God would not punish them, but they did not want to stop sinning. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you cannot flee from Gods wrath like this.” or “do not think that you can escape Gods wrath just because I baptize you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 3 7 fjl3 figs-metaphor γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν 1 You offspring of vipers, who Here, **offspring of vipers** means having the characteristic of vipers, which are poisonous snakes. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “You evil poisonous snakes!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 3 7 c4cl figs-rquestion τίς ὑπέδειξεν ὑμῖν φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς? 1 who warned you to flee from the coming wrath? John uses a question to rebuke the Pharisees and Sadducees because they were asking him to baptize them so that God would not punish them, but they did not want to stop sinning. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You cannot flee from Gods wrath like this!” or “Do not think that you can escape Gods wrath just because I baptize you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 3 7 h7ac figs-personification φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς 1 to flee from the coming wrath The phrase **coming wrath** is being used to refer to Gods punishment. Wrath itself cannot come, but God is the one who causes it to happen. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to flee from Gods wrath which he is bringing against you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
MAT 3 8 s8ac figs-metaphor ποιήσατε οὖν καρπὸν ἄξιον τῆς μετανοίας 1 Therefore produce fruit worthy of repentance The phrase **produce fruit** is a metaphor referring to a persons actions. Just as a healthy tree bears good fruit, so should someone who love God do good. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Let your actions show that you have truly repented” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 3 9 anyf figs-explicit πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ 1 They would say **We have Abraham {as} father** because they thought being Abrahams descendants would protect them from Gods judgement. Alternate translation: “Abraham is our ancestor, so God would not punish us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 3 9 s4og figs-metaphor πατέρα 1 Here, the word father figuratively means “ancestor.” If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “Abraham is our ancestor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 3 9 k843 figs-hyperbole  δύναται ὁ Θεὸς ἐκ τῶν λίθων τούτων ἐγεῖραι τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ 1 God is able to raise up children for Abraham from these stones John uses an exaggeration here to show that God does not need these Pharisees and Sadducees to fulfill his promises which he made to **Abraham**. If our readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that portrays this exaggeration. Alternate translation: “God could make children of Abraham even out of these rocks!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MAT 3 9 eedc figs-metaphor  τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ 1 Here, the word children figuratively means “descendants.” If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “descendants for Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 3 10 d4j5 figs-activepassive ἤδη δὲ ἡ ἀξίνη πρὸς τὴν ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων κεῖται; πᾶν οὖν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται 1 But already the ax is placed against the root of the trees. So every tree not producing good fruit is chopped down and is thrown into the fire. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the person who is going to cut down the tree has already placed his ax against the roots. So, he will cut down every tree which does not bear good fruit and throw it into the fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 3 10 a8m8 figs-metaphor πᾶν οὖν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται 1 **every tree not producing good fruit is chopped down and is thrown into the fire** is a figurative way of describing punishment. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “God will certainly punish every person who does not repent of their sins and do good deeds to show it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 3 11 c1xf figs-explicit οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς τὰ ὑποδήματα βαστάσαι 1 is mightier than I **carrying…sandals** was a duty of a slave. John is saying implicitly that the one who is coming will be so great that he is not even worthy to be his slave. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am not even worthy to be his slave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 3 11 gtm7 figs-metaphor αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ καὶ πυρί 1 He will baptize you with the Holy Spirit and with fire John is using literal baptism, which puts a person under water, to speak figuratively of spiritual baptism, which cleanses people from their sin. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 3 12 gcq8 figs-metaphor οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ 1 whose winnowing fork is in his hand, and he will thoroughly clear off his threshing floor John is saying figuratively that the Messiah will come prepared to judge people right away. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here in your translation. Alternate translation: “He will already be prepared to judge people, just like a farmer who is ready to thresh grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 3 8 s8ac figs-metaphor ποιήσατε οὖν καρπὸν ἄξιον τῆς μετανοίας 1 Therefore produce fruit worthy of repentance The phrase **produce fruit** is a metaphor referring to a persons actions. Just as a healthy tree bears good fruit, so should someone who love God do good. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “So let your actions show that you have truly repented” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 3 9 anyf figs-explicit πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ 1 They would say **We have Abraham {as} father**, because they thought being Abrahams descendants would protect them from Gods judgement. Alternate translation: “Abraham is our ancestor, so God would not punish us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 3 9 s4og figs-metaphor πατέρα 1 Here the word **father** figuratively means “ancestor.” If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “Abraham as our ancestor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 3 9 k843 figs-hyperbole δύναται ὁ Θεὸς ἐκ τῶν λίθων τούτων ἐγεῖραι τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ 1 God is able to raise up children for Abraham from these stones John uses an exaggeration here to show that God does not need these Pharisees and Sadducees to fulfill his promises made to **Abraham**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that portrays this exaggeration. Alternate translation: “God could make offspring of Abraham even out of these rocks!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MAT 3 9 eedc figs-metaphor τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ 1 Here the word children figuratively means “descendants.” If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “descendants for Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 3 10 d4j5 figs-activepassive ἤδη δὲ ἡ ἀξίνη πρὸς τὴν ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων κεῖται; πᾶν οὖν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται 1 But already the ax is placed against the root of the trees. So every tree not producing good fruit is chopped down and is thrown into the fire. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The person who is going to cut down the tree has already placed his ax against the roots. So, he will cut down every tree which does not bear good fruit and throw it into the fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 3 10 a8m8 figs-metaphor πᾶν οὖν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται 1 The expression **every tree not producing good fruit is chopped down and is thrown into the fire** is a figurative way of describing punishment. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “God will certainly punish every person who does not repent of their sins and then do good deeds to show it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 3 11 c1xf figs-explicit οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς τὰ ὑποδήματα βαστάσαι 1 is mightier than I To **carry sandals** was a duty of a slave. John is saying implicitly that the one who is coming will be so great that he, John, is not even worthy to be his slave. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am not even worthy to be his slave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 3 11 gtm7 figs-metaphor αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ καὶ πυρί 1 He will baptize you with the Holy Spirit and with fire John is using literal baptism, which puts a person under water, to speak figuratively of spiritual baptism, which cleanses people from their sin. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 3 12 gcq8 figs-metaphor οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ 1 whose winnowing fork is in his hand, and he will thoroughly clear off his threshing floor With the expression **whose winnowing fork is in his hand**, John is saying figuratively that the Messiah will come prepared to judge people right away. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here in your translation. Alternate translation: “He will be prepared to judge people, just like a farmer who is ready to thresh grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 3 12 sq4p figs-idiom οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ 1 whose winnowing fork is in his hand Here, **in his hand** means the person is ready to act. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “and Christ is holding a winnowing fork because he is ready” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 3 12 b5m4 translate-unknown τὸ πτύον 1 winnowing fork A **winnowing fork** is a tool for tossing wheat into the air to separate the wheat grain from the chaff. The heavier grain falls back down, and the wind blows away the unwanted chaff. This tool is similar to a pitchfork. If you have a similar tool in your culture, you can use the word for it here. Otherwise, you can use a phrase that would express the meaning. Alternate translation: “tool for threshing grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT 3 12 r2ua translate-unknown  τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ 1 his threshing floor The **threshing floor** was the place where wheat was stacked in preparation for threshing. To clear off the floor is to finish threshing all the grain. If your readers would not be familiar with this place, you could use the name of a place of similar use in your culture, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “The place where food is prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT 3 12 r2ua translate-unknown τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ 1 his threshing floor The **threshing floor** was the place where wheat was stacked in preparation for threshing. To clear off the floor is to finish threshing all the grain. If your readers would not be familiar with this place, you could use the name of a place of similar use in your culture, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the place where the grain and chaff were separated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT 3 12 av8l figs-metaphor συνάξει τὸν σῖτον αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην…τὸ…ἄχυρον κατακαύσει πυρὶ ἀσβέστῳ 1 gather his wheat into the storehouse … he will burn up the chaff with unquenchable fire John continues to speak figuratively to describe how the coming Messiah will judge people. The wheat is the part of the crop that is useful. It represents people who are obedient to God, who will be welcomed into his presence. The chaff is the husk that surrounds the grain. It is not useful for anything, so people burn it up.You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He will welcome those who are obedient to God, just as a farmer stores good grain in his barn. But he will punish those who are disobedient to God, just as a farmer burns up the useless chaff” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 3 13 vl93 writing-newevent τότε 1 Connecting Statement: This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
MAT 3 13 vl93 writing-newevent τότε 1 Connecting Statement: **Then** introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
MAT 3 13 zbj9 figs-activepassive βαπτισθῆναι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 to be baptized by him If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so John could baptize him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 3 14 cl7t figs-rquestion ἐγὼ χρείαν ἔχω ὑπὸ σοῦ βαπτισθῆναι, καὶ σὺ ἔρχῃ πρός με? 1 I need to be baptized by you, and yet you come to me? John uses a question to show his surprise at Jesus request. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are more important than I am. I should not baptize you. You should baptize me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 3 15 h6ca figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 for us Here, **us** refers to Jesus and John. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
MAT 3 15 wdcu figs-idiom πληρῶσαι πᾶσαν δικαιοσύνην 1 **To fulfill all righteousness** means to do everything which God requires someone to do. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to do everything which God has told us to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 3 16 inf6 figs-activepassive βαπτισθεὶς 1 But having been baptized If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “After John baptized Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 3 16 jh1v figs-activepassive ἀνεῴχθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ οὐρανοί 1 the heavens were opened to him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the sky opened up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 3 16 e3na figs-simile καταβαῖνον ὡσεὶ περιστερὰν 1 coming down like a dove The phrase like a dove could mean: (1) the Spirit looked like a dove as he descended upon Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Spirit came down from heaven, looking like a dove” (2) the Spirit descended upon Jesus as a dove descends from the sky toward the ground. Alternate translation: “The Spirit of God came down from heaven as a dove comes down” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile)
MAT 3 15 wdcu figs-idiom πληρῶσαι πᾶσαν δικαιοσύνην 1 The phrase **to fulfill all righteousness** means to do everything which God requires someone to do. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to do everything which God has told us to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 3 16 inf6 figs-activepassive βαπτισθεὶς 1 But having been baptized If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “after John baptized Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 3 16 jh1v figs-activepassive ἀνεῴχθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ οὐρανοί 1 the heavens were opened to him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the sky opened up to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 3 16 e3na figs-simile καταβαῖνον ὡσεὶ περιστερὰν 1 coming down like a dove The phrase **like a dove** could mean: (1) the Spirit looked like a dove as he descended upon Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Spirit came down from heaven, looking like a dove” (2) the Spirit descended upon Jesus as a dove descends from the sky toward the ground. Alternate translation: “The Spirit of God came down from heaven as a dove comes down” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile)
MAT 3 17 m2wk figs-personification φωνὴ ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν λέγουσα 1 a voice from the heavens saying Mark speaks figuratively of this voice as if it were a living thing that could come from heaven to earth. The voice is Gods voice. Alternate translation: “God spoke from heaven and said” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification)
MAT 3 17 myz8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱός μου 1 my Son This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT 3 17 myz8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱός μου 1 my Son **Son** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT 4 intro hgw2 0 # Matthew 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in verses 6, 15 and 16, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quotation in verse 10.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “the kingdom of heaven has come near”<br><br>No one knows for use whether the “kingdom of heaven” was present or still coming when Jesus spoke these words. English translations often use the phrase “at hand,” but these words can be difficult to translate. Other versions use the phase “is coming near” and “has come near.”<br><br>### “If you are the Son of God”<br><br>The reader should not understand these words in verses 3 and 6 to mean that Satan did not know whether Jesus was the Son of God. God had already said that Jesus was his Son ([Matthew 3:17](../mat/03/17.md)), so Satan knew who Jesus was. He also knew that Jesus could make stones become bread and could throw himself off of high places and not be hurt. He was trying to make Jesus do these things and so disobey God and obey Satan. These words can be translated as “Because you are the Son of God” or “You are the Son of God. Show me what you can do.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/satan]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofgod]])
MAT 4 1 k51m writing-newevent τότε 1 General Information: This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “After this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
MAT 4 1 aq3s figs-activepassive ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνήχθη…ὑπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 Jesus was led up by the Spirit If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Spirit led Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ MAT 4 2 cuu1 figs-merism ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα καὶ νύκτ
MAT 4 3 oyws grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰπὲ ἵνα οἱ λίθοι οὗτοι ἄρτοι γένωνται 1 The devil is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, and that the stone will only become bread if Jesus speaks to them as the Son of God. The devil is speaking as if it is uncertain who Jesus is in order to challenge him to do this miracle to prove that he really is the Son of God. If this would be unclear in your language, you can clarify. Alternate translation: “Prove that you are the Son of God by commanding these stones to become bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
MAT 4 3 c1ac guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς…τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT 4 4 fd67 figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 It is written If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote this in the scriptures long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 4 4 sph9 writing-quotations γέγραπται  1 In Matthews culture, **it is written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Moses. If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
MAT 4 4 sph9 writing-quotations γέγραπται 1 In Matthews culture, **it is written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Moses. If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
MAT 4 4 i33v οὐκ ἐπ’ ἄρτῳ μόνῳ ζήσεται ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 This can either be (1) a command. Alternate translation: “Man shall not live on bread alone” or (2) a general statement: Alternate translation: “Man does not live on bread alone”
MAT 4 4 d010 figs-genericnoun ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 This verse is not speaking about a specific person, but about people in general. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “A person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MAT 4 4 xbai grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to what came before it. People should not only live on food, but also must hear what the Lord is teaching them. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
@ -130,11 +130,11 @@ MAT 4 4 jl6f figs-metaphor παντὶ ῥήματι ἐκπορευομένῳ
MAT 4 6 x2vg guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς…τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT 4 6 dnrp figs-explicit βάλε σεαυτὸν κάτω 1 When Satan tells Jesus to **throw yourself down**, he means from on top of the temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “throw yourself down from on top of the high point of the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 4 6 x6zc figs-activepassive γέγραπται γὰρ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “For God has written in his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 4 6 fa8l writing-quotations  γέγραπται 1 If you are the Son of God, throw yourself down Satan is quoting from the book of Psalms. See note on [4:4](../04/4.md) for how you translated this phrase (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
MAT 4 6 fa8l writing-quotations γέγραπται 1 If you are the Son of God, throw yourself down Satan is quoting from the book of Psalms. See note on [4:4](../04/4.md) for how you translated this phrase (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
MAT 4 6 f1mm figs-explicit ἐπὶ χειρῶν ἀροῦσίν σε 1 They will lift you up This verse is saying that Gods angels would catch Jesus if he were to **throw himself down**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The angels would catch you if you fell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 4 7 fn07 figs-activepassive πάλιν γέγραπται 1 Again it is written If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Again, I will tell you what Moses wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 4 7 c7t5 figs-genericnoun  οὐκ ἐκπειράσεις 1 You will not test Here, **You** refers to people in general, and not to a specific person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “No one shall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MAT 4 8 d12q figs-explicit  καὶ τὴν δόξαν αὐτῶν 1 Again, the devil **their glory** is referring to the riches that these nations have. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the riches which they possessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 4 7 c7t5 figs-genericnoun οὐκ ἐκπειράσεις 1 You will not test Here, **You** refers to people in general, and not to a specific person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “No one shall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MAT 4 8 d12q figs-explicit καὶ τὴν δόξαν αὐτῶν 1 Again, the devil **their glory** is referring to the riches that these nations have. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the riches which they possessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 4 9 al72 grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ταῦτά σοι πάντα δώσω 1 All these things I will give you Satan is using a hypothetical statement to tempt Jesus. Make sure to make this hypothetical statement explicit in your language. Alternate translation: “If you bow down and worship me, I will give you all of these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
MAT 4 9 eas8 translate-symaction ἐὰν πεσὼν 1 having fallen down This was a common action to show that a person was worshiping. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “if you show reverence to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
MAT 4 10 k49q figs-activepassive γέγραπται γάρ 1 For it is written If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “For Moses also wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -144,13 +144,13 @@ MAT 4 12 d1vi figs-activepassive Ἰωάννης παρεδόθη 1 John had bee
MAT 4 13 hpm4 figs-explicit ἐν ὁρίοις Ζαβουλὼν καὶ Νεφθαλείμ 1 in the territories of Zebulun and Naphtali **Zebulun** and **Naphtali** are the names of the tribes that lived in these territories many years earlier before foreigners took control of the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 4 14 tj7c figs-activepassive τὸ ῥηθὲν 1 what was spoken If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what God said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 4 15 egx6 figs-synecdoche γῆ Ζαβουλὼν καὶ γῆ Νεφθαλείμ…Γαλιλαία τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 The land of Zebulun and the land of Naphtali … Galilee of the Gentiles! Jesus refers figuratively to these places, when he is really referring to the people who live in them. If our readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “You who live in Zebulun and Naphtali” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MAT 4 15 se2r ὁδὸν θαλάσσης 1 **the way of the sea** could also be a title referring to a road which ran along the Sea of Galilee. 
MAT 4 15 se2r ὁδὸν θαλάσσης 1 **the way of the sea** could also be a title referring to a road which ran along the Sea of Galilee.
MAT 4 16 fsl6 figs-explicit ὁ λαὸς ὁ καθήμενος ἐν σκοτίᾳ 1 **the people** being referred to here are the Jews. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Jews, who are sitting in darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 4 16 h2xr figs-metaphor ὁ λαὸς ὁ καθήμενος ἐν σκοτίᾳ φῶς εἶδεν μέγα…ἐν χώρᾳ καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου, φῶς 1 The people who are sitting in darkness have seen a great light Here, **darkness** and **region and shadow of death** are metaphors for not knowing the truth about God. And **light** is a metaphor for Gods true message that saves people from their sin. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “The people sitting in sin have heard the message that God saves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 4 16 j6gz figs-metaphor ὁ καθήμενος…τοῖς καθημένοις 1 **sitting** is a metaphor for living. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “who are living…to those living” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 4 16 nn1r figs-parallelism τοῖς καθημένοις ἐν χώρᾳ καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου, φῶς ἀνέτειλεν αὐτοῖς 1 to those who are sitting in the region and shadow of death, upon them has a light arisen **and to those sitting in the region and shadow of death, upon them has a light arisen** has the same meaning as the first part of the sentence. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Those who are sitting in darkness have seen a great light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
MAT 4 17 dku3 figs-metonymy ἤγγικεν…ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the kingdom of the heavens has come near See how you translated this in [3:2](../03/02.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 4 18 yrx7 writing-newevent  δὲ 1 General Information: This begins a new story about Jesus ministry in Galilee. Here he begins to gather men to be his disciples. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
MAT 4 18 yrx7 writing-newevent δὲ 1 General Information: This begins a new story about Jesus ministry in Galilee. Here he begins to gather men to be his disciples. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
MAT 4 18 yfh5 figs-explicit βάλλοντας ἀμφίβληστρον εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 casting a net into the sea They were **casting a net** in order to catch fish. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “throwing a net into the water to catch fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 4 18 yyiy translate-unknown βάλλοντας ἀμφίβληστρον 1 Some cultures use a **net** to catch fish. A net is something which is thrown into the water to trap fish in it. If this would not be understood in your culture, you can use a general phrase. Alternate translation: “fishing in the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT 4 18 qmzo grammar-connect-time-background ἦσαν γὰρ ἁλιεῖς 1 Mark is providing this background information to help readers understand why they were casting fishing nets. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “They were doing this because they worked as fishermen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
@ -158,8 +158,8 @@ MAT 4 19 y3zg figs-idiom δεῦτε ὀπίσω μου 1 Come after me **Come a
MAT 4 19 n9h3 figs-metaphor ποιήσω ὑμᾶς ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπων 1 I will make you fishers of men **I will make you fishers of men** means Simon and Andrew will teach people Gods true message, so others will also follow Jesus. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way.Alternate translation: “I will teach you to gather men to me like you used to gather fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 4 21 utn4 figs-idiom ἐκάλεσεν αὐτούς 1 he called them **he called them** is an idiom meaning that he told them to follow him. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “he told them to follow him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 4 23 jt3m figs-metonymy κηρύσσων τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας 1 preaching the gospel of the kingdom Here, **kingdom** refers to Gods reign as king. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “preaching the good news that God will soon show himself as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 4 23 nr8m figs-merism  πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν 1 every disease and every sickness The words **disease** and **sickness** are used here to cover every form of sickness which someone might have. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “every form of sickness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
MAT 4 23 ljkd figs-hyperbole  πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν 1 **every** here is an exaggeration, and does not mean that he healed every single disease among the people, but rather that he healed many different kinds of diseases. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “many diseases and many sicknesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MAT 4 23 nr8m figs-merism πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν 1 every disease and every sickness The words **disease** and **sickness** are used here to cover every form of sickness which someone might have. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “every form of sickness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
MAT 4 23 ljkd figs-hyperbole πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν 1 **every** here is an exaggeration, and does not mean that he healed every single disease among the people, but rather that he healed many different kinds of diseases. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “many diseases and many sicknesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MAT 4 24 i296 figs-activepassive δαιμονιζομένους 1 being possessed by demons If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom demons controlled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 4 24 hwa0 figs-personification ἀπῆλθεν ἡ ἀκοὴ αὐτοῦ εἰς ὅλην τὴν Συρίαν 1 News itself can not **go out**, but rather, people spread the news about what Jesus was doing. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “people were spreading the news of what Jesus was doing into all of Syria” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
MAT 4 24 unqn figs-hyperbole προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ πάντας τοὺς κακῶς 1 **all those having sickness** here is an exaggeration and does not mean that every single person who was sick was brought to him, but rather that many were brought. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “Those who lived there brought many sick people to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ MAT 5 intro awz8 0 # Matthew 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatti
MAT 5 1 c5rq writing-newevent δὲ 1 Connecting Statement: This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
MAT 5 2 q9mm figs-idiom ἀνοίξας τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ 1 having opened his mouth **having opened his mouth** is an idiom meaning to speak. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “when Jesus began to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 5 3 jhdg figs-idiom μακάριοι 1 This expression indicates that God is giving favor to people and that their situation is positive or good. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “How good it is for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 5 3 o3y4 figs-nominaladj οἱ πτωχοὶ 1 Jesus is using the adjective poor as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are poor” or “you who are poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) 
MAT 5 3 o3y4 figs-nominaladj οἱ πτωχοὶ 1 Jesus is using the adjective poor as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are poor” or “you who are poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MAT 5 3 od1c figs-genericnoun οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι 1 Jesus is referring to people in general, not of any particular person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “The people who are poor in spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MAT 5 3 j7ct figs-idiom οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι 1 the poor in spirit The phrase **poor in spirit** refers to someone who is in need of God. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “those who know they need God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 5 3 wpi6 figs-metonymy ὅτι αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 for theirs is the kingdom of the heavens See how you translated **kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -178,18 +178,18 @@ MAT 5 4 u8s3 figs-idiom μακάριοι 1 See the note in the previous verse.
MAT 5 4 pgy8 figs-genericnoun οἱ πενθοῦντες 1 those who mourn Jesus is referring to people in general, not of any particular person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “The people who are poor in spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MAT 5 4 lie5 figs-activepassive αὐτοὶ παρακληθήσονται 1 they will be comforted If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language.. Alternate translation: “God will comfort them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 5 5 mvb1 figs-nominaladj οἱ πραεῖς 1 the meek Jesus is using the adjective **meek** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are humble” or “you who are humble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MAT 5 5 nc0q figs-genericnoun οἱ πραεῖς 1 See the note in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “people who are humble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) 
MAT 5 5 nc0q figs-genericnoun οἱ πραεῖς 1 See the note in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “people who are humble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MAT 5 6 bi1j figs-metaphor οἱ πεινῶντες καὶ διψῶντες τὴν δικαιοσύνην 1 those who hunger and thirst for righteousness This metaphor describes people who strongly desire to do what is right. Hunger and thirst are the strongest desire a person can have. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “those who desire to live right as much as they desire food and drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 5 6 hlq2 figs-activepassive αὐτοὶ χορτασθήσονται 1 they will be filled If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will fill them” or “God will satisfy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 5 6 i4sb figs-genericnoun οἱ πεινῶντες καὶ διψῶντες τὴν δικαιοσύνην 1 See the note in [5:3](../05/03.md). Alternate translation: “people who are hungering and thirsting for righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MAT 5 7 t460 figs-genericnoun οἱ ἐλεήμονες 1 See the note in [5:3](../05/03.md). Alternate translation: “The people who have mercy on others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MAT 5 8 s9gd figs-idiom οἱ καθαροὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 the pure in heart **pure in heart** is an idiom for a persons intentions. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “those who have good intentions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 5 8 cr20 figs-idiom οἱ καθαροὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 See the note in [5:3](../05/03.md). Alternate translation: “people whose intentions please God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MAT 5 8 t6ni figs-idiom  αὐτοὶ τὸν Θεὸν ὄψονται 1 they will see God **they will see God** means they will be able to live in Gods presence, which a person cannot do unless they are in right relationship with him. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they will live in Gods presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 5 8 t6ni figs-idiom αὐτοὶ τὸν Θεὸν ὄψονται 1 they will see God **they will see God** means they will be able to live in Gods presence, which a person cannot do unless they are in right relationship with him. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they will live in Gods presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 5 9 p1ez figs-genericnoun οἱ εἰρηνοποιοί 1 the peacemakers See the note in [5:3](../05/03.md). Alternate translation: “people who are acting at peace with many other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MAT 5 9 tv19 figs-activepassive ὅτι αὐτοὶ υἱοὶ Θεοῦ κληθήσονται 1 for they will be called sons of God If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for God will call them his children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 5 10 bqu7 figs-activepassive οἱ δεδιωγμένοι 1 those who have been persecuted If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those people whom others treat unfairly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 5 10 r1ok figs-genericnoun οἱ δεδιωγμένοι ἕνεκεν δικαιοσύνης  1 See the note in [5:3](../05/03.md). Alternate translation: “Those who people treat poorly because they obey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MAT 5 10 r1ok figs-genericnoun οἱ δεδιωγμένοι ἕνεκεν δικαιοσύνης 1 See the note in [5:3](../05/03.md). Alternate translation: “Those who people treat poorly because they obey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MAT 5 10 f3li figs-metonymy αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 theirs is the kingdom of the heavens See how you translated this in [5:3](../05/03.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 5 11 t5kb figs-you μακάριοί ἐστε…ὑμᾶς…ὑμῶν 1 Blessed are you The word **you** is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT 5 11 eez3 ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ 1 for my sake Alternate translation: “because you follow me” or “because you believe in me”
@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ MAT 5 12 bpwb figs-metonymy ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 **in the heave
MAT 5 13 i3zp figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ ἅλας τῆς γῆς; ἐὰν δὲ τὸ ἅλας μωρανθῇ, ἐν τίνι ἁλισθήσεται 1 You are the salt of the earth This could mean: (1) just as **salt** makes food taste good, disciples of Jesus influence the people of the world so that they will be good. Alternate translation: “You are like salt for the people of the world” (2) just as **salt** preserves food, disciples of Jesus keep people from becoming totally corrupt. Alternate translation: “As salt is for food, you are for the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 5 13 yoif figs-rquestion ἐν τίνι ἁλισθήσεται? 1 with what might it be made salty again? Jesus uses a question to teach the disciples that God does not use people who dont care about what he wants. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “A person who stops following God becomes useless to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 5 13 e7cz figs-activepassive εἰ μὴ βληθὲν ἔξω, καταπατεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 except to be thrown out to be trampled by men If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “except for people to throw it out into the road and walk on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 5 13 ojrg grammar-connect-exceptions εἰς οὐδὲν ἰσχύει ἔτι, εἰ μὴ βληθὲν ἔξω 1 Jesus is saying that the only use for the salt is to be trampled upon. If it would appear in your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “The salt only useful for being thrown out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]]) 
MAT 5 13 ojrg grammar-connect-exceptions εἰς οὐδὲν ἰσχύει ἔτι, εἰ μὴ βληθὲν ἔξω 1 Jesus is saying that the only use for the salt is to be trampled upon. If it would appear in your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “The salt only useful for being thrown out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
MAT 5 14 wgh5 figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου 1 You are the light of the world Just like a **light** shines in a dark place, Jesus is saying that his disciples will shine with his message in **the world**. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “You are like a light for the people of the world to see God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 5 14 bn28 figs-explicit οὐ δύναται πόλις κρυβῆναι ἐπάνω ὄρους κειμένη 1 A city being set on a hill is not able to be hidden At night when it is dark, people can see the city lights shining from far away, as the city is not blocked by anything being on top of the hill. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “At night, when the lights are most visible, a city on a hill cannot be hidden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 5 14 ny4h figs-activepassive οὐ δύναται πόλις κρυβῆναι ἐπάνω ὄρους κειμένη 1 A city being set on top of a hill is not able to be hidden If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language.. Alternate translation: “Everyone can see the lights from a city which is up on a hill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -209,17 +209,17 @@ MAT 5 16 qhp8 figs-metaphor λαμψάτω τὸ φῶς ὑμῶν ἔμπρο
MAT 5 16 iiu8 translate-kinship τὸν Πατέρα ὑμῶν τὸν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 your Father who is in the heavens God is referred to as our **Father**. He is not our father in that same way as our biological father. That detail is not normally translated, but if your language has a specific word for a mans father, it would be appropriate to use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
MAT 5 16 ouqi figs-metonymy ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 See how you translated **in the heavens** in [5:12](../05/12.md)(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 5 17 gg3k figs-metonymy τοὺς προφήτας 1 the prophets This refers to what the **prophets** wrote in the scriptures. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. “the writings of the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 5 17 re9h figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἦλθον καταλῦσαι, ἀλλὰ πληρῶσαι 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “I did not come to nullify the law and the prophets, but to fulfill them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 
MAT 5 17 re9h figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἦλθον καταλῦσαι, ἀλλὰ πληρῶσαι 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “I did not come to nullify the law and the prophets, but to fulfill them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 5 17 jirt figs-grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to what came before it. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
MAT 5 18 cv3m figs-merism ἕως ἂν παρέλθῃ ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ 1 until the heaven and the earth may pass away **until the heaven and the earth may pass away, one jot or one tittle may certainly not pass away from the law** is a phrase which is exaggerating the fact that no part of Gods word will ever pass away. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows honor. Alternate translation: “Not even the smallest part of Gods word will pass away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MAT 5 18 ylz6 figs-explicit ἰῶτα ἓν ἢ μία κερέα 1 one jot or one tittle The **jot** was the smallest Hebrew letter, and the **tittle** was a small mark that was the difference between two Hebrew letters. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the smallest written letter or the smallest part of a letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 5 19 uxz2 ὃς ἐὰν οὖν λύσῃ μίαν τῶν ἐντολῶν τούτων τῶν ἐλαχίστων…ἐλάχιστος κληθήσεται ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν…ὃς δ’ ἂν ποιήσῃ καὶ διδάξῃ, οὗτος μέγας κληθήσεται ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν. 1 whoever may break Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach the crowd of his disciples the importance of Gods law. Alternate translation: “If one were to nullify even the smallest of these commandments, God would call him the least important in his kingdom…If one were to do and teach the commandments, God would call him great in his kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
MAT 5 19 hxl1 figs-genericnoun  ὃς ἐὰν οὖν λύσῃ…ὃς δ’ ἂν ποιήσῃ 1 Jesus is referring to people in general, not of any particular person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “If anyone therefore breaks…if anyone does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MAT 5 19 hxl1 figs-genericnoun ὃς ἐὰν οὖν λύσῃ…ὃς δ’ ἂν ποιήσῃ 1 Jesus is referring to people in general, not of any particular person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “If anyone therefore breaks…if anyone does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MAT 5 19 dv5c figs-activepassive διδάξῃ οὕτως τοὺς ἀνθρώπους…κληθήσεται 1 may teach men to do so will be called If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “teaches others to do so, God will call that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 5 19 bg2v figs-metonymy τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 least in the kingdom of the heavens See how you translated this in [3:2](../03/02.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 5 20 l3lv figs-doublenegatives ὅτι ἐὰν μὴ περισσεύσῃ ὑμῶν ἡ δικαιοσύνη…οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε 1 that unless your righteousness may abound … you may certainly not enter If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you can state it in a positive form. Alternate translation: “that your righteousness must exceed … Pharisees in order to enter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
MAT 5 20 vsc5 figs-you ὑμῖν…ὑμῶν 1 to you … your The pronouns **you** and **your** are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT 5 20 zqr6 figs-you ἐὰν μὴ περισσεύσῃ ὑμῶν ἡ δικαιοσύνη πλεῖον…οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach the disciples about how holy they need to be to enter into the kingdom of heaven. Alternate translation: “If your righteousness does not become much greater…God will never rule over you from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) 
MAT 5 20 zqr6 figs-you ἐὰν μὴ περισσεύσῃ ὑμῶν ἡ δικαιοσύνη πλεῖον…οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach the disciples about how holy they need to be to enter into the kingdom of heaven. Alternate translation: “If your righteousness does not become much greater…God will never rule over you from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
MAT 5 21 t6k5 figs-activepassive ἐρρέθη τοῖς ἀρχαίοις 1 it was said to the ancients If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God said through Moses to your ancestors long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 5 21 x5vy figs-you ἠκούσατε…οὐ φονεύσεις 1 Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. The **You** is plural in **You have heard**. The imperative **Do not kill** is single, but in some languages it may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT 5 21 mij2 figs-explicit ὃς…ἂν φονεύσῃ, ἔνοχος ἔσται τῇ κρίσει 1 Whoever may kill will be held for the judgment Here, **the judgment** implies that a judge will condemn the person to die. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “A judge will condemn anyone who kills another person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

Can't render this file because it is too large.

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

View File

@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1PE 1 25 aba2 figs-metonym τὸ…ῥῆμα Κυρίου 1 the word of the Lord Peter quotes Isaiah using **word** figuratively to describe all that God has spoken by using words. This general reference to Gods word would include what God had said about the Messiah. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the message that comes from the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1PE 1 25 pp62 figs-metonym τοῦτο δέ ἐστιν τὸ ῥῆμα 1 Here Peter uses **word** in the same specific sense as in [verse 23](../01/23.md). It is not the general meaning of **word** used earlier in the verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And this is the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1PE 1 25 s11j figs-activepassive τὸ ῥῆμα τὸ εὐαγγελισθὲν 1 the word that has been proclaimed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the word that we have proclaimed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1PE 2 intro a121 0 # 1 Peter 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Command to love each other as a family (1:222:10)<br>2. How believers should act toward other people (2:113:12)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:10 and the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 2:6, 7, 8, and 22.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Stones<br><br>The Bible uses a building made of large stones as a metaphor for the church. Jesus is the cornerstone, which is the most important stone. According to [Ephesians 2:20](../../eph/02/02.md), the apostles and prophets are the foundation, which is the part of the building on which all the other stones rest. In this chapter, Christians are the stones that make up the walls of the building. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/cornerstone]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/foundation]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Milk and babies<br><br>When Peter tells his readers to “long for pure spiritual milk” in [2:2](../02/02.md), he is using the metaphor of a baby craving his mothers milk. Peter wants Christians to crave Gods word the same way a baby craves milk. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Sheep and shepherds<br><br>The Bible often speaks metaphorically of people as sheep because sheep do not see well, do not think well, often walk away from those who care for them, and cannot defend themselves when other animals attack them. In [verse 25](../02/25.md), Peter alludes to [Isaiah 53:6](../../isa/53/06.md) to describe unbelievers as sheep that wander aimlessly and dont know where they are going. Gods people are also similar to sheep in that they are weak and do foolish things like rebelling against God. In [verse 25](../02/25.md), Peter also refers to Jesus as a shepherd who takes care believers, which is a similar idea to what Jesus said in [John 10:1118](../../jhn/10/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/sheep]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/shepherd]])
1PE 2 intro a121 0 # 1 Peter 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Command to love each other as a family (1:222:10)<br>2. How believers should act toward other people (2:113:12)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:10 and the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 2:6, 7, 8, and 22.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Stones<br><br>The Bible uses a building made of large stones as a metaphor for the church. Jesus is the cornerstone, which is the most important stone. According to [Ephesians 2:20](../../eph/02/02.md), the apostles and prophets are the foundation, which is the part of the building on which all the other stones rest. In this chapter, Christians are the stones that make up the walls of the building. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/cornerstone]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/foundation]])<br><br>### Milk and babies<br><br>When Peter tells his readers to “long for pure spiritual milk” in [2:2](../02/02.md), he is using the metaphor of a baby craving his mothers milk. Peter wants Christians to crave Gods word the same way a baby craves milk. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Sheep and shepherds<br><br>The Bible often speaks metaphorically of people as sheep because sheep do not see well, do not think well, often walk away from those who care for them, and cannot defend themselves when other animals attack them. In [verse 25](../02/25.md), Peter alludes to [Isaiah 53:6](../../isa/53/06.md) to describe unbelievers as sheep that wander aimlessly and dont know where they are going. Gods people are also similar to sheep in that they are weak and do foolish things like rebelling against God. In [verse 25](../02/25.md), Peter also refers to Jesus as a shepherd who takes care believers, which is a similar idea to what Jesus said in [John 10:1118](../../jhn/10/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/sheep]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/shepherd]])
1PE 2 1 n3x5 grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Therefore **Therefore** here refers back to everything that Peter has said in the previous paragraph ([1:2225](../01/22.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1PE 2 1 inct figs-declarative ἀποθέμενοι…πᾶσαν κακίαν, καὶ πάντα δόλον, καὶ ὑποκρίσεις, καὶ φθόνους, καὶ πάσας καταλαλιάς 1 This clause indicates a command in addition to the command to “long for pure spiritual milk” that occurs next in the verse. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for a command. Alternate translation: “put aside all evil and all deceit and hypocrisies and envies and all slanders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
1PE 2 1 g65y figs-metaphor ἀποθέμενοι…πᾶσαν κακίαν, καὶ πάντα δόλον, καὶ ὑποκρίσεις, καὶ φθόνους, καὶ πάσας καταλαλιάς 1 having put aside all evil, and all deceit and hypocrisy and envy, and all slander Peter speaks of these sinful actions figuratively as if they were objects that people could **put aside** the way people remove dirty clothing. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having stopped being evil, or being deceptive, or being hypocritical, or envying, or slandering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1PE 3 1 bs56 figs-idiom κερδηθήσονται 1 they will be won Here, **won** is an idiom that means that the unbelieving husbands will become believers in Jesus. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they will be persuaded to believe in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1PE 3 1 qp4q figs-ellipsis ἄνευ λόγου 1 without a word Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “without you saying a word.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1PE 3 1 b56u figs-metonymy ἄνευ λόγου 1 Here, **word** refers to the anything the wives might say to their husbands about the gospel message. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “without a word about the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1PE 3 2 rzrl grammar-connect-logic-result ἐποπτεύσαντες 1 This phrase indicates the reason why the unbelieving husbands would become believers in Jesus. These husbands became believers because they **observed** how their wives behaved. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they observed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])<br>
1PE 3 2 rzrl grammar-connect-logic-result ἐποπτεύσαντες 1 This phrase indicates the reason why the unbelieving husbands would become believers in Jesus. These husbands became believers because they **observed** how their wives behaved. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they observed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1PE 3 2 zft4 figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐν φόβῳ ἁγνὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν 1 having seen your pure behavior with respect If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **behavior**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “you behave purely and with fear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1PE 3 2 ng3s figs-explicit τὴν…ἁγνὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν 1 your pure behavior with respect This could refer to: (1) the wives sincere and honest behavior. Alternate translation: “your sincere behavior” (2) the wives sexually chaste behavior. Alternate translation: “your sexually chaste behavior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1PE 3 3 p1bg writing-pronouns ὧν 1 Here, **whose** refers to the Christian wives to whom Peter is speaking. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “your” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@ -358,55 +358,81 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1PE 3 22 ldrw figs-explicit ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ 1 In this culture, the place at the **right** side of a ruler was a position of honor. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “who is at the place of honor next to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1PE 3 22 q72i figs-doublet ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων 1 The words **angels**, **authorities**, and **powers** are all terms for the ranks of supernatural beings, both angelic and demonic. If your language does not have three different terms for rulers or authorities, you can combine them. Alternate translation: “all types of supernatural beings having been subjected to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1PE 3 22 f6jq figs-activepassive ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων 1 after … had been subjected to him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God having subjected angels and authorities and powers to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1PE 4 intro zh5n 0 # 1 Peter 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. How believers should endure suffering (3:134:6)<br>2. The end is near (4:711)<br>3. How believers should respond to trials (4:1219)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 4:18.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ungodly Gentiles<br><br>This passage uses the term “Gentiles” to refer to all ungodly people who are not Jews. It does not include Gentiles who have become Christians. “Sensuality, passion, drunkenness, carousings, wild parties, and disgusting acts of idolatry” were actions that characterized or typified the ungodly Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>### Martyrdom<br><br>It is apparent that Peter is speaking to many Christians who are experiencing great persecution and are facing death for their beliefs.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Let it” and “Let none” and “Let him” and “Let those”<br><br>Peter uses these phrases to tell his readers what he wants them to do. They are like commands because he wants his readers to obey. But it is as if he is telling one person what he wants other people to do.
1PE 4 1 b8d4 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues to teach the believers about Christian living. He begins by giving a conclusion to his thoughts from the previous chapter about Christs sufferings.
1PE 4 1 ess6 σαρκὶ 1 in the flesh Alternate translation: “in his body”
1PE 4 1 p2rv figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν ὁπλίσασθε 1 arm yourselves with the same intention The phrase **arm yourselves** makes readers think of soldiers who get their weapons ready for battle. It also pictures **the same intention** as a weapon or perhaps as a piece of armor. Here this metaphor means that believers should be determined in their mind to suffer as Jesus did. Alternate translation: “prepare yourselves with the same thoughts that Christ had” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1PE 4 1 vjw2 σαρκὶ 1 in the flesh Here “flesh” means “body.” Alternate translation: “in his body” or “while here on earth”
1PE 4 1 d66g πέπαυται ἁμαρτίας 1 has ceased from sin Alternate translation: “has stopped sinning”
1PE 4 2 gbb6 ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις 1 for the desires of men for the things that sinful people normally desire
1PE 4 3 rp5p κώμοις, πότοις 1 carousing, drunken parties These terms refer to activities in which people gather to drink alcohol excessively and behave in a shameful manner.
1PE 4 4 q6k6 τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν 1 outpouring of their reckless behavior These examples of wild, boundless sin are spoken of as if they were great floods of water that were being poured out.
1PE 4 4 w1d8 τῆς ἀσωτίας 1 of their reckless behavior doing everything they can to satisfy the desires of their bodies
1PE 4 5 xw39 τῷ ἑτοίμως ἔχοντι κρῖναι 1 to the one who is ready to judge This could mean: (1) This refers to God, who is ready to judge. (2) This refers to Christ, who is ready to judge.
1PE 4 5 dx7v figs-merism ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς 1 the living and the dead This means all people, whether they are still alive or have died. Alternate translation: “every person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
1PE 4 6 u54m καὶ νεκροῖς εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached also to the dead This could mean: (1) The gospel was preached also to people who had already died. (2) The gospel was preached also to those who were alive but are now dead.
1PE 4 6 ql11 figs-activepassive εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) Christ preached. Alternate translation: “Christ preached the gospel” (2) Men preached. Alternate translation: “men preached the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1PE 4 6 hsg6 figs-activepassive κριθῶσι…κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) God judged them in this life on earth. Alternate translation: “God judged them in their bodies as humans” (2) Men judged them according to human standards. Alternate translation: “men judged them in their bodies as humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1PE 4 6 s72f figs-euphemism κριθῶσι…κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men This is a reference to death as the ultimate form of judgment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1PE 4 6 h154 ζῶσι…κατὰ Θεὸν πνεύματι 1 they may live in the spirit according to God This could mean: (1) They should live spiritually as God lives because the Holy Spirit will enable them to do so. (2) They should live according to Gods standards by the power of the Holy Spirit.
1PE 4 7 e445 πάντων…τὸ τέλος 1 the end of all things This refers to the end of the world at Christs second coming.
1PE 4 7 qs1t figs-metaphor ἤγγικεν 1 has come near The end that will happen soon is spoken of as if it has physically come closer in distance. Alternate translation: “will soon happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1PE 4 7 ubd4 figs-parallelism σωφρονήσατε…καὶ νήψατε 1 be of sound mind, and be sober These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Peter uses them to emphasize the need to think clearly about life since the end of the world is near. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1PE 4 7 k5hh figs-idiom νήψατε 1 be sober Here the word **sober** refers to mental clarity and alertness. See how you translated this in [1 Peter 1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “control your thoughts” or “be careful about what you think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1PE 4 8 x6ac πρὸ πάντων 1 above all Alternate translation: “most importantly of all”
1PE 4 8 f1lr figs-personification ὅτι ἀγάπη καλύψει πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν 1 for love covers a multitude of sins Peter describes **love** as if it were a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1PE 4 8 b7p0 figs-metaphor ἀγάπη καλύψει πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν 1 for love covers a multitude of sins Peter speaks of **love** as a person who places a cover over the sins of others. This could mean: (1) A person who loves will not try to find out if another person has sinned. (2) A person who loves will forgive the sins of other people, even if those sins are many. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1PE 4 9 g3vw φιλόξενοι 1 hospitable showing kindness to and welcoming guests and travelers
1PE 4 10 xvj3 figs-explicit ἕκαστος καθὼς ἔλαβεν χάρισμα 1 Just as each one has received a gift This refers to special spiritual abilities that God gives to believers. Alternate translation: “Because each one of you has received a special spiritual ability as a gift from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1PE 4 11 ir6x figs-activepassive ἵνα ἐν πᾶσιν δοξάζηται ὁ Θεὸς 1 so that in all God may be glorified If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that in all ways you will glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1PE 4 11 wq9e δοξάζηται 1 may be glorified may be praised and honored
1PE 4 12 vw9s figs-metaphor τῇ ἐν ὑμῖν πυρώσει πρὸς πειρασμὸν ὑμῖν γινομένῃ 1 the fiery trial among you that is happening for a testing to you In the same way that fire refines gold, trials test and refine a persons faith. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1PE 4 13 rgb5 figs-doublet χαρῆτε ἀγαλλιώμενοι 1 you may rejoice, being full of joy These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the intensity of joy. Alternate translation: “rejoice even more” or “be very glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1PE 4 13 mhj1 ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 at the revealing of his glory Alternate translation: “when God reveals Christs glory”
1PE 4 14 i6ul figs-metonymy εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε ἐν ὀνόματι Χριστοῦ 1 If you are reviled for the name of Christ Here the word **name** refers to Christ himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1PE 4 14 kswc figs-activepassive εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε ἐν ὀνόματι Χριστοῦ 1 If you are reviled for the name of Christ If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If people insult you because you believe in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1PE 4 14 i1kq figs-parallelism τὸ τῆς δόξης καὶ τὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ Πνεῦμα 1 the Spirit of glory and of God Both of these refer to the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “the Spirit of glory, who is the Spirit of God” or “the glorious Spirit of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1PE 4 14 nx6p ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἀναπαύεται 1 is resting on you is staying with you
1PE 4 15 nr6n ἀλλοτριεπίσκοπος 1 a meddler This refers to a person who gets involved with the affairs of others without having a right to do so.
1PE 4 16 xm8z ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ 1 in this name Alternate translation: “because he bears the name Christian” or “because people have recognized him as a Christian.” The words **this name** refer to the word “Christian”
1PE 4 17 x9np figs-metaphor τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the household of God This phrase refers to believers, whom Peter speaks of as Gods family. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1PE 4 17 c8ke figs-rquestion εἰ δὲ πρῶτον ἀφ’ ἡμῶν, τί τὸ τέλος τῶν ἀπειθούντων τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ? 1 but if first with us, what will be the end of those disobeying the gospel of God? Peter use this question to emphasize that Gods judgment will be more severe for people who reject the gospel than for believers. Alternate translation: “If it begins with us, the outcome for those who do not obey Gods gospel will be much worse.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1PE 4 17 z9zc τί τὸ τέλος τῶν ἀπειθούντων 1 what will be the end of those disobeying Alternate translation: “what will happen to those who disobey”
1PE 4 17 l3db τῶν ἀπειθούντων τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 of those disobeying the gospel of God Alternate translation: “of those who do not believe Gods gospel.” Here the word **disobeying** means they do not believe.
1PE 4 18 t762 figs-activepassive εἰ ὁ δίκαιος μόλις σῴζεται 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved Here the word **saved** refers to final salvation when Christ returns. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If the righteous person experiences many difficulties before God saves him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1PE 4 18 w8ke figs-rquestion ὁ δίκαιος…ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται? 1 the righteous … where will the ungodly and the sinner appear? Peter use this question to emphasize that sinners will suffer much more than believers do. Alternate translation: “the righteous man … the outcome will be much worse for the ungodly and the sinner.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1PE 4 18 ms54 ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται 1 where will the ungodly and the sinner appear Alternate translation: “what will happen to the ungodly and the sinner”
1PE 4 18 wb4v figs-doublet ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 the ungodly and the sinner The words **ungodly** and **sinner** mean basically the same thing and emphasize the wickedness of these people. Alternate translation: “ungodly sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1PE 4 19 qm3u figs-synecdoche παρατιθέσθωσαν τὰς ψυχὰς αὐτῶν 1 let … entrust their souls Here the word **souls** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “let … entrust themselves” or “let … entrust their lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1PE 4 19 wih1 figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἀγαθοποιΐᾳ 1 in well-doing The abstract noun **well-doing** can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “while they do good” or “while they live rightly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1PE 5 intro a6d9 0 # 1 Peter 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Instructions for relationships among believers (5:111)<br>2. Conclusion (5:1214)<br><br>Most people in the ancient Near East would end a letter the way Peter ends this one.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Crowns<br><br>The crown that the Chief Shepherd will give is a reward, something that people who do something especially good receive. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Lion<br><br>All animals are afraid of lions because they are fast and strong, and they eat almost every other kind of animal. They also eat people. Satan wants to make Gods people afraid, so Peter uses the simile of a lion to teach his readers that Satan can harm their bodies, but if they trust in God and obey him, they will always be Gods people, and God will care for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br><br>### Babylon<br><br>Babylon was the evil nation that in Old Testament times had destroyed Jerusalem, taken the Jews away from their homes, and ruled over them. Peter uses Babylon as a metaphor for the nation that was persecuting the Christians he was writing to. He could have been referring to Jerusalem because the Jews were persecuting the Christians. Or he could have been referring to Rome because the Romans were persecuting the Christians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1PE 5 1 s8fr 0 General Information: Peter speaks specifically to men who are elders.
1PE 4 intro zh5n 0 # 1 Peter 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. How believers should endure suffering (3:134:6)<br>2. The end is near (4:711)<br>3. How believers should respond to trials (4:1219)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [verse 18](../04/18.md).<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ungodly Gentiles<br><br>Although the term “Gentiles” usually refers to people who are not Jewish, in [verse 3](../04/03.md) Peter uses “Gentiles” to refer to all ungodly people who are not Jews. It does not include Gentiles who have become Christians. Actions like “licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing, drinking parties, and lawless idolatry” were typical of ungodly Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Let him” and “Let those”<br><br>In [verses 1619](../04/16.md) Peter uses these phrases to tell his readers what he wants them to do. Although they are commands that he wants his readers to obey, it is as if he is telling one person what he wants other people to do. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate these as commands.
1PE 4 1 b8d4 grammar-connect-words-phrases οὖν 1 **Therefore** here refers back to what Peter has said about Jesus suffering in [3:18](../03/18.md). If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Considering what I have written about Christs suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
1PE 4 1 ess6 figs-metonymy σαρκὶ…σαρκὶ 1 in the flesh Here, **flesh** refers to the human body, which is made of flesh. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the body … in the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1PE 4 1 p2rv figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν ὁπλίσασθε 1 arm yourselves with the same intention Here Peter uses **arm yourselves** figuratively to refer to preparing ones mind for something. As soldiers get their weapons ready for battle, so should Christians be mentally prepared to suffer for their faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “prepare your minds with the same way of thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1PE 4 1 yxs5 figs-explicit τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν 1 Here Peter uses **the same way of thinking** to refer to Jesus **way of thinking** when he suffered. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with the same way of thinking about suffering that Christ had” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1PE 4 1 d66g figs-explicit πέπαυται ἁμαρτίας 1 has ceased from sin Here, **ceased from sin** means “no longer living with a sinful mindset.” The idea is that suffering because of ones faith indicates that a person is not living sinfully. Christians are often persecuted by unbelievers because they refuse to act sinfully. This phrase does not mean that Christians who suffer never sin. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “has stopped living sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1PE 4 2 tjdq grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς 1 Here, **in order to** introduces a purpose clause. This could mean: (1) this verse states the purpose for ceasing from sin mentioned at the end of the previous verse. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that he will” (2) this verse states the purpose for the command to “arm yourselves” in the previous verse. Alternate translation (starting a new sentence): “Arm yourselves in order to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
1PE 4 2 d49a figs-metonymy τὸν ἐπίλοιπον ἐν σαρκὶ…χρόνον 1 Peter uses **time in the flesh** figuratively to refer to a persons lifetime. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the remaining time of your life” or “the rest of your life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1PE 4 2 fsvk figs-explicit ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις 1 Here, **desires** refers specifically to sinful **desires**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the sinful desires of men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1PE 4 2 gbb6 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις 1 for the desires of men Although the term **men** is masculine, Peter is using the word here in a generic sense to refer to humans in general. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for human desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
1PE 4 3 anhj ἀρκετὸς…ὁ παρεληλυθὼς χρόνος 1 Alternate translation: “enough time has passed”
1PE 4 3 efte figs-metaphor τὸ βούλημα τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 Here Peter uses **Gentiles** figuratively to refer to sinful people who do not know God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “the will of those people who do not know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1PE 4 3 rp5p figs-metaphor πεπορευμένους ἐν ἀσελγείαις, ἐπιθυμίαις, οἰνοφλυγίαις, κώμοις, πότοις, καὶ ἀθεμίτοις εἰδωλολατρίαις 1 Peter speaks of these different sins figuratively as if they were places that his readers had formerly **lived in**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having practiced licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing, drinking parties, and lawless idolatry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1PE 4 3 lm35 figs-abstractnouns πεπορευμένους ἐν ἀσελγείαις, ἐπιθυμίαις, οἰνοφλυγίαις, κώμοις, πότοις, καὶ ἀθεμίτοις εἰδωλολατρίαις 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing**, and **idolatry**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “having lived licentious and lustful lives, getting drunk, attending immoral parties and drinking parties, and worshipping prohibited idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1PE 4 4 c4ma figs-metaphor μὴ συντρεχόντων ὑμῶν εἰς τὴν αὐτὴν τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν 1 Peter uses **running** **into** figuratively to refer to being eager to participate in sinful acts with unbelievers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you are not eagerly joining them to participate in the same outpouring of recklessness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1PE 4 4 q6k6 figs-metaphor τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν 1 outpouring of their reckless behavior Peter uses **outpouring** figuratively to refer to acting sinfully to such a high degree that it is as if the sin was pouring out like a flood. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “abundant acts of recklessness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1PE 4 4 w1d8 figs-explicit τῆς ἀσωτίας 1 of their reckless behavior The word **recklessness** refers to doings things without caring about the consequences. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of carelessly sinning without limits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1PE 4 5 datm figs-metaphor οἳ ἀποδώσουσιν λόγον 1 Here Peter uses **give** figuratively to refer to speaking something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they will speak a word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1PE 4 5 r288 figs-metonymy οἳ ἀποδώσουσιν λόγον 1 Here Peter uses **word** figuratively to refer to an explanation that they would speak using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they will give an account” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1PE 4 5 xw39 figs-explicit τῷ ἑτοίμως ἔχοντι κρῖναι 1 to the one who is ready to judge Here, **the one who is ready to judge** could refer to: (1) God. Alternate translation: “to God, who is ready to judge” (2) Christ. Alternate translation: “to Christ, who is ready to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1PE 4 5 dx7v figs-merism ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς 1 the living and the dead The phrase **living and dead ones** refers to all people, whether they are still alive or have died. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
1PE 4 6 u54m figs-explicit καὶ νεκροῖς εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached also to the dead Here, **dead ones** refers to people who heard the gospel while they were alive but had died by the time Peter wrote this letter. Some people believe that this clause means that Jesus went to hell and preached the gospel to people who had died before he died on the cross. However, that idea would contradict the statement in [Hebrews 9:27](../../heb/09/27.md) that “men are appointed to die once, and after that, the judgment.” It does not say anywhere in the Bible that anyone got a second chance to believe in Jesus after they had already died. If this use of **dead ones** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the gospel was preached also to those who have since died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1PE 4 6 ql11 figs-activepassive εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) people preached the gospel. Alternate translation: “people preached the gospel” (2) Christ preached the gospel. Alternate translation: “Christ preached the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1PE 4 6 hsg6 figs-activepassive κριθῶσι…κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) men judged and persecuted them during their lives according to human standards. Alternate translation: “men judged them in the flesh by human standards” (2) God judged them as humans during their lives. Alternate translation: “God judged them in the flesh as humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1PE 4 6 gm1m figs-gendernotations κατὰ ἀνθρώπους 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Peter is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “according to people” or “as people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
1PE 4 6 s72f figs-metonymy σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men Here Peter uses **in the flesh** figuratively to refer to a persons lifetime. See how you translated this expression in [verse 2](../04/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1PE 4 6 encm figs-explicit ζῶσι 1 Here, **live** refers to experiencing eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they might experience eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1PE 4 6 h154 figs-explicit ζῶσι…πνεύματι 1 Here, **the spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit, in which case this phrase would indicate the means by which the people received eternal life. Alternate translation: “they might live by the Spirit” (2) their spiritual existence, in which case this phrase would be referring to the spiritual realm that is contrasted with the physical realm mentioned earlier in the verse with the phrase “in the flesh.” Alternate translation: “they might live spiritually” or “they might live in the spiritual realm” See how you translated the same expression in [3:18](../03/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1PE 4 7 e445 figs-explicit πάντων…τὸ τέλος 1 the end of all things Here, **the end of all things** refer to the end of the world when Jesus returns and judges everyone. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the end of the world when Jesus returns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1PE 4 7 qs1t figs-metaphor ἤγγικεν 1 has come near Peter uses **has come near** figuratively to refer to something that will happen soon. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will soon happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1PE 4 7 ubd4 figs-doublet σωφρονήσατε…καὶ νήψατε 1 be of sound mind, and be sober The words translated as **sound mind** and **sober** mean basically the same thing. Peter uses them to emphasize the need to think clearly since the end of the world is near. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “be completely clearheaded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1PE 4 7 k5hh figs-metaphor νήψατε 1 be sober See how you translated this word in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1PE 4 7 qb4j grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς προσευχάς 1 Here, **for** introduces a purpose clause. Peter is stating a purpose for his readers to think clearly. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of praying prayers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
1PE 4 8 f1lr figs-metaphor ὅτι ἀγάπη καλύψει πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν 1 for love covers a multitude of sins Peter describes **love** figuratively as if it were a person who could cover something up and **sins** figuratively as if they were objects that could be covered up. This clause means that people who love others will forgive them for the sins that they commit against them. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use similes. Alternate translation: “for those who love forgive the many sins of others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1PE 4 9 g3vw figs-explicit φιλόξενοι 1 hospitable The word **hospitable** refers to showing kindness to and providing for the needs of guests and travelers. This was especially important in Peters time because inns were dangerous places where people did many immoral activities, so Christians could not stay in them. If it might be helpful to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “be those who provide food and a sleeping place” or “be those who provide room and board” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1PE 4 9 rzbi figs-litotes ἄνευ γογγυσμοῦ 1 Here Peter uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “with cheerfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
1PE 4 10 xvj3 figs-explicit ἕκαστος καθὼς ἔλαβεν χάρισμα 1 Just as each one has received a gift Here, **gift** refers to special spiritual abilities that God gives to believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “just as each one has received a special spiritual ability from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1PE 4 10 a30t figs-metaphor ὡς καλοὶ οἰκονόμοι ποικίλης χάριτος Θεοῦ 1 Peter uses **stewards** figuratively to refer to using spiritual abilities from God to serve other believers as if managing resources for a boss. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “as those managing the diverse grace of God well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1PE 4 10 smyw figs-possession ποικίλης χάριτος Θεοῦ 1 Peter is using the possessive form to describe **grace** that is given by God. The word **grace** refers to the various spiritual gifts that God graciously gives believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the diverse gracious gifts from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
1PE 4 11 b81x figs-ellipsis εἴ τις λαλεῖ, ὡς λόγια Θεοῦ 1 Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “if anyone speaks, let him speak as if he is speaking the words of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1PE 4 11 vs2d figs-ellipsis εἴ τις διακονεῖ, ὡς ἐξ ἰσχύος ἧς χορηγεῖ ὁ Θεός 1 Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “if anyone serves others, let him serve others as if he were serving them with the strength that God supplies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1PE 4 11 ir6x figs-activepassive δοξάζηται ὁ Θεὸς 1 so that in all God may be glorified If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you might glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1PE 4 11 wq9e figs-abstractnouns ᾧ ἐστιν ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος 1 may be glorified If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **glory** and **power**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “may he be recognized as glorious and powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1PE 4 12 vw9s figs-metaphor τῇ ἐν ὑμῖν πυρώσει 1 the fiery trial among you that is happening for a testing to you Peter refers to suffering Christians as if they were gold being refined by being passed through a fire. In the same way that fire refines gold, trials test and strengthen a Christians faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “the trial you are experiencing that is refining you like gold is refined in fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1PE 4 13 mhj1 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 at the revealing of his glory If your language does not use an abstract nouns for the ideas of **revelation** and **glory**, you could express the same ideas in another way. This phrase could mean: (1) Christ will reveal his own glory. Alternate translation: “when he reveals how glorious he is” (2) God will reveal Christs glory. Alternate translation: “when God reveals how glorious Christ is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1PE 4 13 b63p figs-explicit ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **the revelation of his glory** refers to the time in the future when Jesus returns to earth and judges everyone. If this might might be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the revelation of his glory when he returns to earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1PE 4 13 rgb5 figs-doublet χαρῆτε ἀγαλλιώμενοι 1 you may rejoice, being full of joy The words **rejoice** and **glad** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the intensity of joy. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “rejoice even more” or “be exceedingly glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1PE 4 14 kswc figs-activepassive εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε 1 If you are reviled for the name of Christ If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If people revile you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1PE 4 14 i6ul figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι Χριστοῦ 1 If you are reviled for the name of Christ Here,**name** refers to Christ himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1PE 4 14 wbm3 figs-activepassive μακάριοι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you are people whom God has blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1PE 4 14 i1kq figs-explicit τὸ τῆς δόξης καὶ τὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ Πνεῦμα 1 the Spirit of glory and of God Here, **of glory** and **of God** both refer to the Holy Spirit. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Spirit of glory, who is the Spirit of God” or “the glorious Holy Spirit of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1PE 4 14 nx6p figs-idiom ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἀναπαύεται 1 is resting on you Here, **rests on you** is as idiom that refers to the Holy Spirit continually dwelling within Christians. Peter borrowed this language from [Isaiah 11:2](../../isa/11/02.md) where it originally referred to the Holy Spirit dwelling in the Messiah. The Holy Spirit dwells in the Messiah as well as in those who believe in the Messiah ([John 1:33](../../jhn/01/33.md); [14:1617](../../jhn/14/16.md)). The Holy Spirit who dwells within believers provides strength and comfort when believers are persecuted for their faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is staying with you” or “remains within you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1PE 4 15 qzlb figs-abstractnouns ὡς φονεὺς, ἢ κλέπτης, ἢ κακοποιὸς, ἢ ὡς ἀλλοτριεπίσκοπος 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **murderer**, **thief**, **evildoer** and **meddler**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “as someone who murders, steals, does evil, or as someone who meddles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1PE 4 15 nr6n ἀλλοτριεπίσκοπος 1 a meddler Here, **meddler** refers to a person who gets involved with the affairs of others without having a right to do so. Alternate translation: “someone who needlessly meddles in the affairs of other people”
1PE 4 16 xb0e figs-123person μὴ αἰσχυνέσθω, δοξαζέτω δὲ τὸν Θεὸν 1 Peter is addressing his readers indirectly by using the third person. If this might be confusing in your language, you can use the second person like the previous verse does. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “do not be ashamed, but glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1PE 4 16 xm8z figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ 1 in this name Here, **this name** refers to the word “Christian” mentioned earlier in the verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he bears the name Christian” or “because people have recognized him as a Christian” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1PE 4 17 nawr figs-abstractnouns ὁ καιρὸς τοῦ ἄρξασθαι τὸ κρίμα ἀπὸ τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “it is time for God to begin judging the household of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1PE 4 17 x9np figs-metaphor τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the household of God Here Peter uses **household** figuratively to refer to all believers as if they were a family that belongs to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “those who belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1PE 4 17 v74q figs-ellipsis εἰ δὲ πρῶτον ἀφ’ ἡμῶν 1 the household of God Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but if it is time for judgment to begin first with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1PE 4 17 phx3 figs-exclusive ἀφ’ ἡμῶν 1 the household of God When Peter says **us**, he is speaking of himself and his readers, so **us** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1PE 4 17 c8ke figs-rquestion τί τὸ τέλος τῶν ἀπειθούντων τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ? 1 but if first with us, what will be the end of those disobeying the gospel of God? Peter is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize that Gods judgment will be more severe for people who reject the gospel than for those who believe it. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “how terrible will be the end of the ones disobeying the gospel of God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1PE 4 17 e5fn figs-explicit τὸ τέλος 1 but if first with us, what will be the end of those disobeying the gospel of God? Here, **end** refers to the final result of the lives of people who do not believe in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the final result” or “the outcome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1PE 4 17 z9zc figs-explicit τῶν ἀπειθούντων 1 what will be the end of those disobeying Here, **disobeying** refers to disobeying the command to repent and believe the gospel, which is part of the gospel message. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2:8](../02/08.md). Alternate translation: “of the ones refusing to believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1PE 4 17 l3db figs-possession τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 of those disobeying the gospel of God Here, **the gospel of God** could refer to: (1) the gospel that came from God. Alternate translation: “the gospel from God” (2) the gospel that is about God. Alternate translation: “the gospel about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
1PE 4 18 re8y writing-quotations καὶ 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved **And** here introduces a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Proverbs 11:31](../../pro/11/31). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Peter is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “And Solomon wrote in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
1PE 4 18 f7kx figs-quotemarks εἰ ὁ δίκαιος μόλις σῴζεται, ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται? 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved This sentence is a quotation from [Proverbs 11:31](../../pro/11/31). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
1PE 4 18 t762 figs-activepassive εἰ ὁ δίκαιος μόλις σῴζεται 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If with difficulty God is saving the righteous one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1PE 4 18 i6nz figs-genericnoun ὁ δίκαιος…ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved Peter is speaking of these types of people in general, not of specific individual people. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “righteous ones … ungodly and sinful ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
1PE 4 18 w8ke figs-rquestion ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται? 1 where will the ungodly and the sinner appear? Peter is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize that ungodly people will suffer much more than believers do. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “the ungodly and sinner will surely not appear!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1PE 4 18 ms54 figs-idiom ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται 1 where will the ungodly and the sinner appear Here, the combination of **where will** and **appear** is an idiom meaning “what will happen.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “what will happen to the ungodly and the sinner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1PE 4 18 wb4v figs-doublet ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 The words **ungodly** and **sinner** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the wickedness of these people. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “the ungodly sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1PE 4 19 qm3u figs-synecdoche τὰς ψυχὰς 1 See how you translated **souls** in [1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1PE 4 19 g1r6 ἐν ἀγαθοποιΐᾳ 1 Alternate translation: “while doing good” or “while continuing to do good deeds”
1PE 5 intro a6d9 0 # 1 Peter 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Instructions for relationships among believers (5:111)<br>2. Conclusion (5:1214)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Crowns<br><br>The crown that the Chief Shepherd will give is a reward, something that people who do something especially good receive. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])<br><br>### Lion<br><br>Other animals are usually afraid of lions because they are fast and strong, and they eat almost every other kind of animal. They also eat people. Satan wants to make Gods people afraid, so Peter uses the simile of a lion to teach his readers that Satan can harm their bodies, but if they trust in God and obey him, they will always be Gods people, and God will care for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br><br>### Babylon<br><br>Babylon was the evil nation that had destroyed Jerusalem, taken the Jews away from their homes, and ruled over them. Other places in Scripture also use Babylon as a metaphor for the enemies of Gods people. In [verse 13](../05/13.md) Peter uses Babylon as a metaphor for the nation that was persecuting the Christians to whom he was writing. Most scholars because that here Peter is referring to Rome because the Romans were severely persecuting Christians there at that time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1PE 5 1 s8fr 0 General Information: In [verses 14](../05/01.md) Peter speaks directly to men who are leaders in the churches.
1PE 5 1 yb3l figs-metonymy τῆς μελλούσης ἀποκαλύπτεσθαι δόξης 1 of the glory that is about to be revealed This is a reference to Christs second coming. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1PE 5 1 a6ve figs-activepassive τῆς μελλούσης ἀποκαλύπτεσθαι δόξης 1 of the glory that is about to be revealed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “of the glory of Christ that God will soon reveal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1PE 5 2 a5s7 figs-metaphor ποιμάνατε τὸ…ποίμνιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Shepherd the flock of God Peter speaks of the believers as a **flock** of sheep and the elders as the shepherds who care for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
135 1PE 1 25 aba2 figs-metonym τὸ…ῥῆμα Κυρίου 1 the word of the Lord Peter quotes Isaiah using **word** figuratively to describe all that God has spoken by using words. This general reference to God’s word would include what God had said about the Messiah. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the message that comes from the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
136 1PE 1 25 pp62 figs-metonym τοῦτο δέ ἐστιν τὸ ῥῆμα 1 Here Peter uses **word** in the same specific sense as in [verse 23](../01/23.md). It is not the general meaning of **word** used earlier in the verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And this is the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
137 1PE 1 25 s11j figs-activepassive τὸ ῥῆμα τὸ εὐαγγελισθὲν 1 the word that has been proclaimed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the word that we have proclaimed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
138 1PE 2 intro a121 0 # 1 Peter 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Command to love each other as a family (1:22–2:10)<br>2. How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:10 and the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 2:6, 7, 8, and 22.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Stones<br><br>The Bible uses a building made of large stones as a metaphor for the church. Jesus is the cornerstone, which is the most important stone. According to [Ephesians 2:20](../../eph/02/02.md), the apostles and prophets are the foundation, which is the part of the building on which all the other stones rest. In this chapter, Christians are the stones that make up the walls of the building. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/cornerstone]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/foundation]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Milk and babies<br><br>When Peter tells his readers to “long for pure spiritual milk” in [2:2](../02/02.md), he is using the metaphor of a baby craving his mother’s milk. Peter wants Christians to crave God’s word the same way a baby craves milk. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Sheep and shepherds<br><br>The Bible often speaks metaphorically of people as sheep because sheep do not see well, do not think well, often walk away from those who care for them, and cannot defend themselves when other animals attack them. In [verse 25](../02/25.md), Peter alludes to [Isaiah 53:6](../../isa/53/06.md) to describe unbelievers as sheep that wander aimlessly and don’t know where they are going. God’s people are also similar to sheep in that they are weak and do foolish things like rebelling against God. In [verse 25](../02/25.md), Peter also refers to Jesus as a shepherd who takes care believers, which is a similar idea to what Jesus said in [John 10:11–18](../../jhn/10/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/sheep]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/shepherd]]) # 1 Peter 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Command to love each other as a family (1:22–2:10)<br>2. How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:10 and the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 2:6, 7, 8, and 22.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Stones<br><br>The Bible uses a building made of large stones as a metaphor for the church. Jesus is the cornerstone, which is the most important stone. According to [Ephesians 2:20](../../eph/02/02.md), the apostles and prophets are the foundation, which is the part of the building on which all the other stones rest. In this chapter, Christians are the stones that make up the walls of the building. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/cornerstone]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/foundation]])<br><br>### Milk and babies<br><br>When Peter tells his readers to “long for pure spiritual milk” in [2:2](../02/02.md), he is using the metaphor of a baby craving his mother’s milk. Peter wants Christians to crave God’s word the same way a baby craves milk. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Sheep and shepherds<br><br>The Bible often speaks metaphorically of people as sheep because sheep do not see well, do not think well, often walk away from those who care for them, and cannot defend themselves when other animals attack them. In [verse 25](../02/25.md), Peter alludes to [Isaiah 53:6](../../isa/53/06.md) to describe unbelievers as sheep that wander aimlessly and don’t know where they are going. God’s people are also similar to sheep in that they are weak and do foolish things like rebelling against God. In [verse 25](../02/25.md), Peter also refers to Jesus as a shepherd who takes care believers, which is a similar idea to what Jesus said in [John 10:11–18](../../jhn/10/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/sheep]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/shepherd]])
139 1PE 2 1 n3x5 grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Therefore **Therefore** here refers back to everything that Peter has said in the previous paragraph ([1:22–25](../01/22.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
140 1PE 2 1 inct figs-declarative ἀποθέμενοι…πᾶσαν κακίαν, καὶ πάντα δόλον, καὶ ὑποκρίσεις, καὶ φθόνους, καὶ πάσας καταλαλιάς 1 This clause indicates a command in addition to the command to “long for pure spiritual milk” that occurs next in the verse. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for a command. Alternate translation: “put aside all evil and all deceit and hypocrisies and envies and all slanders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
141 1PE 2 1 g65y figs-metaphor ἀποθέμενοι…πᾶσαν κακίαν, καὶ πάντα δόλον, καὶ ὑποκρίσεις, καὶ φθόνους, καὶ πάσας καταλαλιάς 1 having put aside all evil, and all deceit and hypocrisy and envy, and all slander Peter speaks of these sinful actions figuratively as if they were objects that people could **put aside** the way people remove dirty clothing. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having stopped being evil, or being deceptive, or being hypocritical, or envying, or slandering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
262 1PE 3 1 bs56 figs-idiom κερδηθήσονται 1 they will be won Here, **won** is an idiom that means that the unbelieving husbands will become believers in Jesus. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they will be persuaded to believe in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
263 1PE 3 1 qp4q figs-ellipsis ἄνευ λόγου 1 without a word Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “without you saying a word.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
264 1PE 3 1 b56u figs-metonymy ἄνευ λόγου 1 Here, **word** refers to the anything the wives might say to their husbands about the gospel message. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “without a word about the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
265 1PE 3 2 rzrl grammar-connect-logic-result ἐποπτεύσαντες 1 This phrase indicates the reason why the unbelieving husbands would become believers in Jesus. These husbands became believers because they **observed** how their wives behaved. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they observed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])<br> This phrase indicates the reason why the unbelieving husbands would become believers in Jesus. These husbands became believers because they **observed** how their wives behaved. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they observed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
266 1PE 3 2 zft4 figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐν φόβῳ ἁγνὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν 1 having seen your pure behavior with respect If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **behavior**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “you behave purely and with fear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
267 1PE 3 2 ng3s figs-explicit τὴν…ἁγνὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν 1 your pure behavior with respect This could refer to: (1) the wives’ sincere and honest behavior. Alternate translation: “your sincere behavior” (2) the wives’ sexually chaste behavior. Alternate translation: “your sexually chaste behavior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
268 1PE 3 3 p1bg writing-pronouns ὧν 1 Here, **whose** refers to the Christian wives to whom Peter is speaking. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “your” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
358 1PE 3 22 ldrw figs-explicit ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ 1 In this culture, the place at the **right** side of a ruler was a position of honor. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “who is at the place of honor next to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
359 1PE 3 22 q72i figs-doublet ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων 1 The words **angels**, **authorities**, and **powers** are all terms for the ranks of supernatural beings, both angelic and demonic. If your language does not have three different terms for rulers or authorities, you can combine them. Alternate translation: “all types of supernatural beings having been subjected to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
360 1PE 3 22 f6jq figs-activepassive ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων 1 after … had been subjected to him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God having subjected angels and authorities and powers to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
361 1PE 4 intro zh5n 0 # 1 Peter 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)<br>2. The end is near (4:7–11)<br>3. How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 4:18.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ungodly Gentiles<br><br>This passage uses the term “Gentiles” to refer to all ungodly people who are not Jews. It does not include Gentiles who have become Christians. “Sensuality, passion, drunkenness, carousings, wild parties, and disgusting acts of idolatry” were actions that characterized or typified the ungodly Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>### Martyrdom<br><br>It is apparent that Peter is speaking to many Christians who are experiencing great persecution and are facing death for their beliefs.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Let it” and “Let none” and “Let him” and “Let those”<br><br>Peter uses these phrases to tell his readers what he wants them to do. They are like commands because he wants his readers to obey. But it is as if he is telling one person what he wants other people to do. # 1 Peter 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)<br>2. The end is near (4:7–11)<br>3. How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [verse 18](../04/18.md).<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ungodly Gentiles<br><br>Although the term “Gentiles” usually refers to people who are not Jewish, in [verse 3](../04/03.md) Peter uses “Gentiles” to refer to all ungodly people who are not Jews. It does not include Gentiles who have become Christians. Actions like “licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing, drinking parties, and lawless idolatry” were typical of ungodly Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Let him” and “Let those”<br><br>In [verses 16–19](../04/16.md) Peter uses these phrases to tell his readers what he wants them to do. Although they are commands that he wants his readers to obey, it is as if he is telling one person what he wants other people to do. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate these as commands.
362 1PE 4 1 b8d4 grammar-connect-words-phrases οὖν 0 1 Connecting Statement: Peter continues to teach the believers about Christian living. He begins by giving a conclusion to his thoughts from the previous chapter about Christ’s sufferings. **Therefore** here refers back to what Peter has said about Jesus’ suffering in [3:18](../03/18.md). If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Considering what I have written about Christ’s suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
363 1PE 4 1 ess6 figs-metonymy σαρκὶ σαρκὶ…σαρκὶ 1 in the flesh Alternate translation: “in his body” Here, **flesh** refers to the human body, which is made of flesh. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the body … in the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
364 1PE 4 1 p2rv figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν ὁπλίσασθε 1 arm yourselves with the same intention The phrase **arm yourselves** makes readers think of soldiers who get their weapons ready for battle. It also pictures **the same intention** as a weapon or perhaps as a piece of armor. Here this metaphor means that believers should be determined in their mind to suffer as Jesus did. Alternate translation: “prepare yourselves with the same thoughts that Christ had” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here Peter uses **arm yourselves** figuratively to refer to preparing one’s mind for something. As soldiers get their weapons ready for battle, so should Christians be mentally prepared to suffer for their faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “prepare your minds with the same way of thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
365 1PE 4 1 vjw2 yxs5 figs-explicit σαρκὶ τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν 1 in the flesh Here “flesh” means “body.” Alternate translation: “in his body” or “while here on earth” Here Peter uses **the same way of thinking** to refer to Jesus’ **way of thinking** when he suffered. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with the same way of thinking about suffering that Christ had” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
366 1PE 4 1 d66g figs-explicit πέπαυται ἁμαρτίας 1 has ceased from sin Alternate translation: “has stopped sinning” Here, **ceased from sin** means “no longer living with a sinful mindset.” The idea is that suffering because of one’s faith indicates that a person is not living sinfully. Christians are often persecuted by unbelievers because they refuse to act sinfully. This phrase does not mean that Christians who suffer never sin. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “has stopped living sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
367 1PE 4 2 gbb6 tjdq grammar-connect-logic-goal ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις εἰς 1 for the desires of men for the things that sinful people normally desire Here, **in order to** introduces a purpose clause. This could mean: (1) this verse states the purpose for ceasing from sin mentioned at the end of the previous verse. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that he will” (2) this verse states the purpose for the command to “arm yourselves” in the previous verse. Alternate translation (starting a new sentence): “Arm yourselves in order to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
368 1PE 4 3 2 rp5p d49a figs-metonymy κώμοις, πότοις τὸν ἐπίλοιπον ἐν σαρκὶ…χρόνον 1 carousing, drunken parties These terms refer to activities in which people gather to drink alcohol excessively and behave in a shameful manner. Peter uses **time in the flesh** figuratively to refer to a person’s lifetime. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the remaining time of your life” or “the rest of your life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
369 1PE 4 4 2 q6k6 fsvk figs-explicit τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις 1 outpouring of their reckless behavior These examples of wild, boundless sin are spoken of as if they were great floods of water that were being poured out. Here, **desires** refers specifically to sinful **desires**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the sinful desires of men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
370 1PE 4 4 2 w1d8 gbb6 figs-gendernotations τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις 1 of their reckless behavior for the desires of men doing everything they can to satisfy the desires of their bodies Although the term **men** is masculine, Peter is using the word here in a generic sense to refer to humans in general. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for human desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
371 1PE 4 5 3 xw39 anhj τῷ ἑτοίμως ἔχοντι κρῖναι ἀρκετὸς…ὁ παρεληλυθὼς χρόνος 1 to the one who is ready to judge This could mean: (1) This refers to God, who is ready to judge. (2) This refers to Christ, who is ready to judge. Alternate translation: “enough time has passed”
372 1PE 4 5 3 dx7v efte figs-merism figs-metaphor ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς τὸ βούλημα τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 the living and the dead This means all people, whether they are still alive or have died. Alternate translation: “every person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) Here Peter uses **Gentiles** figuratively to refer to sinful people who do not know God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “the will of those people who do not know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
373 1PE 4 6 3 u54m rp5p figs-metaphor καὶ νεκροῖς εὐηγγελίσθη πεπορευμένους ἐν ἀσελγείαις, ἐπιθυμίαις, οἰνοφλυγίαις, κώμοις, πότοις, καὶ ἀθεμίτοις εἰδωλολατρίαις 1 the gospel was preached also to the dead This could mean: (1) The gospel was preached also to people who had already died. (2) The gospel was preached also to those who were alive but are now dead. Peter speaks of these different sins figuratively as if they were places that his readers had formerly **lived in**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having practiced licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing, drinking parties, and lawless idolatry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
374 1PE 4 6 3 ql11 lm35 figs-activepassive figs-abstractnouns εὐηγγελίσθη πεπορευμένους ἐν ἀσελγείαις, ἐπιθυμίαις, οἰνοφλυγίαις, κώμοις, πότοις, καὶ ἀθεμίτοις εἰδωλολατρίαις 1 the gospel was preached If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) Christ preached. Alternate translation: “Christ preached the gospel” (2) Men preached. Alternate translation: “men preached the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing**, and **idolatry**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “having lived licentious and lustful lives, getting drunk, attending immoral parties and drinking parties, and worshipping prohibited idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
375 1PE 4 6 4 hsg6 c4ma figs-activepassive figs-metaphor κριθῶσι…κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ μὴ συντρεχόντων ὑμῶν εἰς τὴν αὐτὴν τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) God judged them in this life on earth. Alternate translation: “God judged them in their bodies as humans” (2) Men judged them according to human standards. Alternate translation: “men judged them in their bodies as humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) Peter uses **running** **into** figuratively to refer to being eager to participate in sinful acts with unbelievers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you are not eagerly joining them to participate in the same outpouring of recklessness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
376 1PE 4 6 4 s72f q6k6 figs-euphemism figs-metaphor κριθῶσι…κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men outpouring of their reckless behavior This is a reference to death as the ultimate form of judgment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) Peter uses **outpouring** figuratively to refer to acting sinfully to such a high degree that it is as if the sin was pouring out like a flood. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “abundant acts of recklessness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
377 1PE 4 6 4 h154 w1d8 figs-explicit ζῶσι…κατὰ Θεὸν πνεύματι τῆς ἀσωτίας 1 they may live in the spirit according to God of their reckless behavior This could mean: (1) They should live spiritually as God lives because the Holy Spirit will enable them to do so. (2) They should live according to God’s standards by the power of the Holy Spirit. The word **recklessness** refers to doings things without caring about the consequences. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of carelessly sinning without limits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
378 1PE 4 7 5 e445 datm figs-metaphor πάντων…τὸ τέλος οἳ ἀποδώσουσιν λόγον 1 the end of all things This refers to the end of the world at Christ’s second coming. Here Peter uses **give** figuratively to refer to speaking something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they will speak a word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
379 1PE 4 7 5 qs1t r288 figs-metaphor figs-metonymy ἤγγικεν οἳ ἀποδώσουσιν λόγον 1 has come near The end that will happen soon is spoken of as if it has physically come closer in distance. Alternate translation: “will soon happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here Peter uses **word** figuratively to refer to an explanation that they would speak using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they will give an account” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
380 1PE 4 7 5 ubd4 xw39 figs-parallelism figs-explicit σωφρονήσατε…καὶ νήψατε τῷ ἑτοίμως ἔχοντι κρῖναι 1 be of sound mind, and be sober to the one who is ready to judge These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Peter uses them to emphasize the need to think clearly about life since the end of the world is near. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) Here, **the one who is ready to judge** could refer to: (1) God. Alternate translation: “to God, who is ready to judge” (2) Christ. Alternate translation: “to Christ, who is ready to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
381 1PE 4 7 5 k5hh dx7v figs-idiom figs-merism νήψατε ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς 1 be sober the living and the dead Here the word **sober** refers to mental clarity and alertness. See how you translated this in [1 Peter 1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “control your thoughts” or “be careful about what you think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) The phrase **living and dead ones** refers to all people, whether they are still alive or have died. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
382 1PE 4 8 6 x6ac u54m figs-explicit πρὸ πάντων καὶ νεκροῖς εὐηγγελίσθη 1 above all the gospel was preached also to the dead Alternate translation: “most importantly of all” Here, **dead ones** refers to people who heard the gospel while they were alive but had died by the time Peter wrote this letter. Some people believe that this clause means that Jesus went to hell and preached the gospel to people who had died before he died on the cross. However, that idea would contradict the statement in [Hebrews 9:27](../../heb/09/27.md) that “men are appointed to die once, and after that, the judgment.” It does not say anywhere in the Bible that anyone got a second chance to believe in Jesus after they had already died. If this use of **dead ones** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the gospel was preached also to those who have since died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
383 1PE 4 8 6 f1lr ql11 figs-personification figs-activepassive ὅτι ἀγάπη καλύψει πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν εὐηγγελίσθη 1 for love covers a multitude of sins the gospel was preached Peter describes **love** as if it were a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) people preached the gospel. Alternate translation: “people preached the gospel” (2) Christ preached the gospel. Alternate translation: “Christ preached the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
384 1PE 4 8 6 b7p0 hsg6 figs-metaphor figs-activepassive ἀγάπη καλύψει πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν κριθῶσι…κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ 1 for love covers a multitude of sins they were judged in the flesh according to men Peter speaks of **love** as a person who places a cover over the sins of others. This could mean: (1) A person who loves will not try to find out if another person has sinned. (2) A person who loves will forgive the sins of other people, even if those sins are many. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) men judged and persecuted them during their lives according to human standards. Alternate translation: “men judged them in the flesh by human standards” (2) God judged them as humans during their lives. Alternate translation: “God judged them in the flesh as humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
385 1PE 4 9 6 g3vw gm1m figs-gendernotations φιλόξενοι κατὰ ἀνθρώπους 1 hospitable showing kindness to and welcoming guests and travelers Although the term **men** is masculine, Peter is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “according to people” or “as people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
386 1PE 4 10 6 xvj3 s72f figs-explicit figs-metonymy ἕκαστος καθὼς ἔλαβεν χάρισμα σαρκὶ 1 Just as each one has received a gift they were judged in the flesh according to men This refers to special spiritual abilities that God gives to believers. Alternate translation: “Because each one of you has received a special spiritual ability as a gift from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Here Peter uses **in the flesh** figuratively to refer to a person’s lifetime. See how you translated this expression in [verse 2](../04/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
387 1PE 4 11 6 ir6x encm figs-activepassive figs-explicit ἵνα ἐν πᾶσιν δοξάζηται ὁ Θεὸς ζῶσι 1 so that in all God may be glorified If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that in all ways you will glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) Here, **live** refers to experiencing eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they might experience eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
388 1PE 4 11 6 wq9e h154 figs-explicit δοξάζηται ζῶσι…πνεύματι 1 may be glorified may be praised and honored Here, **the spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit, in which case this phrase would indicate the means by which the people received eternal life. Alternate translation: “they might live by the Spirit” (2) their spiritual existence, in which case this phrase would be referring to the spiritual realm that is contrasted with the physical realm mentioned earlier in the verse with the phrase “in the flesh.” Alternate translation: “they might live spiritually” or “they might live in the spiritual realm” See how you translated the same expression in [3:18](../03/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
389 1PE 4 12 7 vw9s e445 figs-metaphor figs-explicit τῇ ἐν ὑμῖν πυρώσει πρὸς πειρασμὸν ὑμῖν γινομένῃ πάντων…τὸ τέλος 1 the fiery trial among you that is happening for a testing to you the end of all things In the same way that fire refines gold, trials test and refine a person’s faith. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here, **the end of all things** refer to the end of the world when Jesus returns and judges everyone. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the end of the world when Jesus returns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
390 1PE 4 13 7 rgb5 qs1t figs-doublet figs-metaphor χαρῆτε ἀγαλλιώμενοι ἤγγικεν 1 you may rejoice, being full of joy has come near These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the intensity of joy. Alternate translation: “rejoice even more” or “be very glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) Peter uses **has come near** figuratively to refer to something that will happen soon. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will soon happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
391 1PE 4 13 7 mhj1 ubd4 figs-doublet ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ σωφρονήσατε…καὶ νήψατε 1 at the revealing of his glory be of sound mind, and be sober Alternate translation: “when God reveals Christ’s glory” The words translated as **sound mind** and **sober** mean basically the same thing. Peter uses them to emphasize the need to think clearly since the end of the world is near. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “be completely clearheaded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
392 1PE 4 14 7 i6ul k5hh figs-metonymy figs-metaphor εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε ἐν ὀνόματι Χριστοῦ νήψατε 1 If you are reviled for the name of Christ be sober Here the word **name** refers to Christ himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) See how you translated this word in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
393 1PE 4 14 7 kswc qb4j figs-activepassive grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε ἐν ὀνόματι Χριστοῦ εἰς προσευχάς 1 If you are reviled for the name of Christ If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If people insult you because you believe in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) Here, **for** introduces a purpose clause. Peter is stating a purpose for his readers to think clearly. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of praying prayers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
394 1PE 4 14 8 i1kq f1lr figs-parallelism figs-metaphor τὸ τῆς δόξης καὶ τὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ Πνεῦμα ὅτι ἀγάπη καλύψει πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν 1 the Spirit of glory and of God for love covers a multitude of sins Both of these refer to the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “the Spirit of glory, who is the Spirit of God” or “the glorious Spirit of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) Peter describes **love** figuratively as if it were a person who could cover something up and **sins** figuratively as if they were objects that could be covered up. This clause means that people who love others will forgive them for the sins that they commit against them. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use similes. Alternate translation: “for those who love forgive the many sins of others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
395 1PE 4 14 9 nx6p g3vw figs-explicit ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἀναπαύεται φιλόξενοι 1 is resting on you hospitable is staying with you The word **hospitable** refers to showing kindness to and providing for the needs of guests and travelers. This was especially important in Peter’s time because inns were dangerous places where people did many immoral activities, so Christians could not stay in them. If it might be helpful to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “be those who provide food and a sleeping place” or “be those who provide room and board” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
396 1PE 4 15 9 nr6n rzbi figs-litotes ἀλλοτριεπίσκοπος ἄνευ γογγυσμοῦ 1 a meddler This refers to a person who gets involved with the affairs of others without having a right to do so. Here Peter uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “with cheerfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
397 1PE 4 16 10 xm8z xvj3 figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ ἕκαστος καθὼς ἔλαβεν χάρισμα 1 in this name Just as each one has received a gift Alternate translation: “because he bears the name Christian” or “because people have recognized him as a Christian.” The words **this name** refer to the word “Christian” Here, **gift** refers to special spiritual abilities that God gives to believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “just as each one has received a special spiritual ability from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
398 1PE 4 17 10 x9np a30t figs-metaphor τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ Θεοῦ ὡς καλοὶ οἰκονόμοι ποικίλης χάριτος Θεοῦ 1 the household of God This phrase refers to believers, whom Peter speaks of as God’s family. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Peter uses **stewards** figuratively to refer to using spiritual abilities from God to serve other believers as if managing resources for a boss. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “as those managing the diverse grace of God well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
399 1PE 4 17 10 c8ke smyw figs-rquestion figs-possession εἰ δὲ πρῶτον ἀφ’ ἡμῶν, τί τὸ τέλος τῶν ἀπειθούντων τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ? ποικίλης χάριτος Θεοῦ 1 but if first with us, what will be the end of those disobeying the gospel of God? Peter use this question to emphasize that God’s judgment will be more severe for people who reject the gospel than for believers. Alternate translation: “If it begins with us, the outcome for those who do not obey God’s gospel will be much worse.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) Peter is using the possessive form to describe **grace** that is given by God. The word **grace** refers to the various spiritual gifts that God graciously gives believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the diverse gracious gifts from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
400 1PE 4 17 11 z9zc b81x figs-ellipsis τί τὸ τέλος τῶν ἀπειθούντων εἴ τις λαλεῖ, ὡς λόγια Θεοῦ 1 what will be the end of those disobeying Alternate translation: “what will happen to those who disobey” Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “if anyone speaks, let him speak as if he is speaking the words of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
401 1PE 4 17 11 l3db vs2d figs-ellipsis τῶν ἀπειθούντων τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ εἴ τις διακονεῖ, ὡς ἐξ ἰσχύος ἧς χορηγεῖ ὁ Θεός 1 of those disobeying the gospel of God Alternate translation: “of those who do not believe God’s gospel.” Here the word **disobeying** means they do not believe. Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “if anyone serves others, let him serve others as if he were serving them with the strength that God supplies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
402 1PE 4 18 11 t762 ir6x figs-activepassive εἰ ὁ δίκαιος μόλις σῴζεται δοξάζηται ὁ Θεὸς 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved so that in all God may be glorified Here the word **saved** refers to final salvation when Christ returns. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If the righteous person experiences many difficulties before God saves him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you might glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
403 1PE 4 18 11 w8ke wq9e figs-rquestion figs-abstractnouns ὁ δίκαιος…ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται? ᾧ ἐστιν ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος 1 the righteous … where will the ungodly and the sinner appear? may be glorified Peter use this question to emphasize that sinners will suffer much more than believers do. Alternate translation: “the righteous man … the outcome will be much worse for the ungodly and the sinner.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **glory** and **power**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “may he be recognized as glorious and powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
404 1PE 4 18 12 ms54 vw9s figs-metaphor ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται τῇ ἐν ὑμῖν πυρώσει 1 where will the ungodly and the sinner appear the fiery trial among you that is happening for a testing to you Alternate translation: “what will happen to the ungodly and the sinner” Peter refers to suffering Christians as if they were gold being refined by being passed through a fire. In the same way that fire refines gold, trials test and strengthen a Christian’s faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “the trial you are experiencing that is refining you like gold is refined in fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
405 1PE 4 18 13 wb4v mhj1 figs-doublet figs-abstractnouns ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 the ungodly and the sinner at the revealing of his glory The words **ungodly** and **sinner** mean basically the same thing and emphasize the wickedness of these people. Alternate translation: “ungodly sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) If your language does not use an abstract nouns for the ideas of **revelation** and **glory**, you could express the same ideas in another way. This phrase could mean: (1) Christ will reveal his own glory. Alternate translation: “when he reveals how glorious he is” (2) God will reveal Christ’s glory. Alternate translation: “when God reveals how glorious Christ is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
406 1PE 4 19 13 qm3u b63p figs-synecdoche figs-explicit παρατιθέσθωσαν τὰς ψυχὰς αὐτῶν ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 let … entrust their souls Here the word **souls** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “let … entrust themselves” or “let … entrust their lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) Here, **the revelation of his glory** refers to the time in the future when Jesus returns to earth and judges everyone. If this might might be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the revelation of his glory when he returns to earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
407 1PE 4 19 13 wih1 rgb5 figs-abstractnouns figs-doublet ἐν ἀγαθοποιΐᾳ χαρῆτε ἀγαλλιώμενοι 1 in well-doing you may rejoice, being full of joy The abstract noun **well-doing** can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “while they do good” or “while they live rightly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) The words **rejoice** and **glad** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the intensity of joy. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “rejoice even more” or “be exceedingly glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
408 1PE 5 4 intro 14 a6d9 kswc figs-activepassive εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε 0 1 If you are reviled for the name of Christ # 1 Peter 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Instructions for relationships among believers (5:1–11)<br>2. Conclusion (5:12–14)<br><br>Most people in the ancient Near East would end a letter the way Peter ends this one.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Crowns<br><br>The crown that the Chief Shepherd will give is a reward, something that people who do something especially good receive. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Lion<br><br>All animals are afraid of lions because they are fast and strong, and they eat almost every other kind of animal. They also eat people. Satan wants to make God’s people afraid, so Peter uses the simile of a lion to teach his readers that Satan can harm their bodies, but if they trust in God and obey him, they will always be God’s people, and God will care for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br><br>### Babylon<br><br>Babylon was the evil nation that in Old Testament times had destroyed Jerusalem, taken the Jews away from their homes, and ruled over them. Peter uses Babylon as a metaphor for the nation that was persecuting the Christians he was writing to. He could have been referring to Jerusalem because the Jews were persecuting the Christians. Or he could have been referring to Rome because the Romans were persecuting the Christians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If people revile you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
409 1PE 5 4 1 14 s8fr i6ul figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι Χριστοῦ 0 1 General Information: If you are reviled for the name of Christ Peter speaks specifically to men who are elders. Here,**name** refers to Christ himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
410 1PE 4 14 wbm3 figs-activepassive μακάριοι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you are people whom God has blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
411 1PE 4 14 i1kq figs-explicit τὸ τῆς δόξης καὶ τὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ Πνεῦμα 1 the Spirit of glory and of God Here, **of glory** and **of God** both refer to the Holy Spirit. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Spirit of glory, who is the Spirit of God” or “the glorious Holy Spirit of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
412 1PE 4 14 nx6p figs-idiom ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἀναπαύεται 1 is resting on you Here, **rests on you** is as idiom that refers to the Holy Spirit continually dwelling within Christians. Peter borrowed this language from [Isaiah 11:2](../../isa/11/02.md) where it originally referred to the Holy Spirit dwelling in the Messiah. The Holy Spirit dwells in the Messiah as well as in those who believe in the Messiah ([John 1:33](../../jhn/01/33.md); [14:16–17](../../jhn/14/16.md)). The Holy Spirit who dwells within believers provides strength and comfort when believers are persecuted for their faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is staying with you” or “remains within you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
413 1PE 4 15 qzlb figs-abstractnouns ὡς φονεὺς, ἢ κλέπτης, ἢ κακοποιὸς, ἢ ὡς ἀλλοτριεπίσκοπος 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **murderer**, **thief**, **evildoer** and **meddler**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “as someone who murders, steals, does evil, or as someone who meddles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
414 1PE 4 15 nr6n ἀλλοτριεπίσκοπος 1 a meddler Here, **meddler** refers to a person who gets involved with the affairs of others without having a right to do so. Alternate translation: “someone who needlessly meddles in the affairs of other people”
415 1PE 4 16 xb0e figs-123person μὴ αἰσχυνέσθω, δοξαζέτω δὲ τὸν Θεὸν 1 Peter is addressing his readers indirectly by using the third person. If this might be confusing in your language, you can use the second person like the previous verse does. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “do not be ashamed, but glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
416 1PE 4 16 xm8z figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ 1 in this name Here, **this name** refers to the word “Christian” mentioned earlier in the verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he bears the name Christian” or “because people have recognized him as a Christian” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
417 1PE 4 17 nawr figs-abstractnouns ὁ καιρὸς τοῦ ἄρξασθαι τὸ κρίμα ἀπὸ τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “it is time for God to begin judging the household of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
418 1PE 4 17 x9np figs-metaphor τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the household of God Here Peter uses **household** figuratively to refer to all believers as if they were a family that belongs to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “those who belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
419 1PE 4 17 v74q figs-ellipsis εἰ δὲ πρῶτον ἀφ’ ἡμῶν 1 the household of God Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but if it is time for judgment to begin first with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
420 1PE 4 17 phx3 figs-exclusive ἀφ’ ἡμῶν 1 the household of God When Peter says **us**, he is speaking of himself and his readers, so **us** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
421 1PE 4 17 c8ke figs-rquestion τί τὸ τέλος τῶν ἀπειθούντων τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ? 1 but if first with us, what will be the end of those disobeying the gospel of God? Peter is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize that God’s judgment will be more severe for people who reject the gospel than for those who believe it. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “how terrible will be the end of the ones disobeying the gospel of God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
422 1PE 4 17 e5fn figs-explicit τὸ τέλος 1 but if first with us, what will be the end of those disobeying the gospel of God? Here, **end** refers to the final result of the lives of people who do not believe in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the final result” or “the outcome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
423 1PE 4 17 z9zc figs-explicit τῶν ἀπειθούντων 1 what will be the end of those disobeying Here, **disobeying** refers to disobeying the command to repent and believe the gospel, which is part of the gospel message. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2:8](../02/08.md). Alternate translation: “of the ones refusing to believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
424 1PE 4 17 l3db figs-possession τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 of those disobeying the gospel of God Here, **the gospel of God** could refer to: (1) the gospel that came from God. Alternate translation: “the gospel from God” (2) the gospel that is about God. Alternate translation: “the gospel about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
425 1PE 4 18 re8y writing-quotations καὶ 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved **And** here introduces a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Proverbs 11:31](../../pro/11/31). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Peter is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “And Solomon wrote in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
426 1PE 4 18 f7kx figs-quotemarks εἰ ὁ δίκαιος μόλις σῴζεται, ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται? 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved This sentence is a quotation from [Proverbs 11:31](../../pro/11/31). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
427 1PE 4 18 t762 figs-activepassive εἰ ὁ δίκαιος μόλις σῴζεται 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If with difficulty God is saving the righteous one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
428 1PE 4 18 i6nz figs-genericnoun ὁ δίκαιος…ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved Peter is speaking of these types of people in general, not of specific individual people. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “righteous ones … ungodly and sinful ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
429 1PE 4 18 w8ke figs-rquestion ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται? 1 where will the ungodly and the sinner appear? Peter is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize that ungodly people will suffer much more than believers do. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “the ungodly and sinner will surely not appear!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
430 1PE 4 18 ms54 figs-idiom ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται 1 where will the ungodly and the sinner appear Here, the combination of **where will** and **appear** is an idiom meaning “what will happen.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “what will happen to the ungodly and the sinner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
431 1PE 4 18 wb4v figs-doublet ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 The words **ungodly** and **sinner** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the wickedness of these people. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “the ungodly sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
432 1PE 4 19 qm3u figs-synecdoche τὰς ψυχὰς 1 See how you translated **souls** in [1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
433 1PE 4 19 g1r6 ἐν ἀγαθοποιΐᾳ 1 Alternate translation: “while doing good” or “while continuing to do good deeds”
434 1PE 5 intro a6d9 0 # 1 Peter 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Instructions for relationships among believers (5:1–11)<br>2. Conclusion (5:12–14)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Crowns<br><br>The crown that the Chief Shepherd will give is a reward, something that people who do something especially good receive. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])<br><br>### Lion<br><br>Other animals are usually afraid of lions because they are fast and strong, and they eat almost every other kind of animal. They also eat people. Satan wants to make God’s people afraid, so Peter uses the simile of a lion to teach his readers that Satan can harm their bodies, but if they trust in God and obey him, they will always be God’s people, and God will care for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br><br>### Babylon<br><br>Babylon was the evil nation that had destroyed Jerusalem, taken the Jews away from their homes, and ruled over them. Other places in Scripture also use Babylon as a metaphor for the enemies of God’s people. In [verse 13](../05/13.md) Peter uses Babylon as a metaphor for the nation that was persecuting the Christians to whom he was writing. Most scholars because that here Peter is referring to Rome because the Romans were severely persecuting Christians there at that time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
435 1PE 5 1 s8fr 0 General Information: In [verses 1–4](../05/01.md) Peter speaks directly to men who are leaders in the churches.
436 1PE 5 1 yb3l figs-metonymy τῆς μελλούσης ἀποκαλύπτεσθαι δόξης 1 of the glory that is about to be revealed This is a reference to Christ’s second coming. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
437 1PE 5 1 a6ve figs-activepassive τῆς μελλούσης ἀποκαλύπτεσθαι δόξης 1 of the glory that is about to be revealed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “of the glory of Christ that God will soon reveal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
438 1PE 5 2 a5s7 figs-metaphor ποιμάνατε τὸ…ποίμνιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Shepherd the flock of God Peter speaks of the believers as a **flock** of sheep and the elders as the shepherds who care for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

View File

@ -23,110 +23,113 @@ REV 1 4 apl8 figs-123person ταῖς ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησίαις ταῖς
REV 1 4 y9yh translate-blessing χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη, ἀπὸ ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν, καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 May grace be to you and peace from the one who is … and from the seven spirits In this culture, letter writers would offer a good wish for the recipient before introducing the main business of the letter. Use a form in your language that makes it clear that this is a greeting and blessing. Alternate translation: “May the one who is, and who was, and who is coming give you grace and peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
REV 1 4 lsun figs-abstractnouns χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη, ἀπὸ ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν, καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of **grace** and **peace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “May the one who is, and who was, and who is coming treat you kindly and give you peaceful relationships” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
REV 1 4 unul figs-explicit ὁ ὢν 1 These three phrases all refer to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the God who is, and who was, and who is coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
REV 1 4 qsu6 figs-metaphor ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 who is to come Here, **is coming** has two possible connotations. The expression could refer to the the physical act of coming, when God will be present on earth for a final judgment. Alternatively, the phrase indicates the future tense, which seems more likely given the prior context describing the past and present times of God's existence. In other words, John uses **is coming** figuratively to state that God will exist in the future. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who will still exist in the future” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
REV 1 4 qsu6 figs-metaphor ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 who is to come Here, **is coming** has two possible connotations. The expression could refer to the the physical act of coming, when God will be present on earth for a final judgment. Alternatively, the phrase indicates the future tense, which seems more likely given the prior context describing the past and present times of Gods existence. In other words, John uses **is coming** figuratively to state that God will exist in the future. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who will still exist in the future” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
REV 1 4 x38p writing-symlanguage ἑπτὰ πνευμάτων 1 seven spirits The number **seven** is often used in the Bible as a symbol for completeness and perfection. Here, the **seven spirits** could refer to: (1) the Spirit of God, which is described with seven attributes in [Isaiah 11:2](../../isa/11/02.md). Alternate translation: “the sevenfold Holy Spirit” (2) seven individual spirits who serve God, which might be the “seven angels” in [8:2](../08/02.md). Alternate translation: “the seven spirit beings” or “the seven angelic spirits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
REV 1 5 w24x καὶ ἀπὸ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 and from Jesus Christ The first half of this verse continues the sentence from the previous verse. If you make this a new sentence, then you will need to repeat some of the information from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “And may grace be to you and peace also from Jesus Christ”
REV 1 5 gz2n ὁ μάρτυς ὁ πιστός 1 This phrase **the faithful witness** is a title describing Jesus Christ. The expression is probably an allusion to [Psalm 89](../../psa/89/01.md), specifically to [Psalm 89:37](../../psa/89/37.md). Likewise, every title that is describing Jesus Christ in this verse alludes to a portion of Psalm 89, including: **the firstborn from the dead** and **the ruler of the kings of the earth**. All the titles in this verse describe Jesus Christ as the one who completes Gods promises given to David in [2 Samuel 7](../../2sa/07/01.md) and then affirmed again within [Psalm 89](../../psa/89/01.md) later. Therefore, the translator can indicate the presence of an Old Testament quotation or allusion here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
REV 1 5 l3h8 figs-idiom ὁ πρωτότοκος τῶν νεκρῶν 1 the firstborn from the dead This phrase **the firstborn from the dead** is an idiom meaning “the first person to die and become alive again”. The term **firstborn** commonly refers to the first child actually to be born to parents and, therefore, the primary recipient of the parents inheritance. The idiomatic expression apparently alludes to [Psalm 89:27](../../psa/89/27.md). However, every title describing Jesus Christ in this verse alludes to portions of Psalm 89, including: **the faithful witness** and **the ruler of the kings of the earth**. If your readers would not understand the phrase **the firstborn from the dead**, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “the first person to be raised from death” or “the first person to come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
REV 1 5 j1xp grammar-collectivenouns τῶν νεκρῶν 1 from the dead The word **dead** is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “from those who are dead” or “from those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
REV 1 5 gqw8 grammar-collectivenouns καὶ ὁ ἄρχων τῶν βασιλέων τῆς γῆς 1 This phrase **the ruler of the kings of the earth** is a title of Jesus Christ that describes his future dominion over the earth. The expression **the ruler of the kings of the earth** alludes to [Psalm 89:27](../../psa/89/27.md). However, every title describing Jesus Christ in this verse alludes to portions of [Psalm 89](../../psa/89/01.md), including: **the faithful witness** and **the firstborn from the dead**. All the titles in this verse describe Jesus Christ as the one who completes Gods promises given to David in [2 Samuel 7](../../2sa/07/01.md), which are then affirmed again in\n[Psalm 89](../../psa/89/01.md) later. Therefore, the translator can indicate the presence of an Old Testament quotation or allusion here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
REV 1 5 gqw8 grammar-collectivenouns καὶ ὁ ἄρχων τῶν βασιλέων τῆς γῆς 1 This phrase **the ruler of the kings of the earth** is a title of Jesus Christ that describes his future dominion over the earth. The expression **the ruler of the kings of the earth** alludes to [Psalm 89:27](../../psa/89/27.md). However, every title describing Jesus Christ in this verse alludes to portions of [Psalm 89](../../psa/89/01.md), including: **the faithful witness** and **the firstborn from the dead**. All the titles in this verse describe Jesus Christ as the one who completes Gods promises given to David in [2 Samuel 7](../../2sa/07/01.md), which are then affirmed again in [Psalm 89](../../psa/89/01.md) later. Therefore, the translator can indicate the presence of an Old Testament quotation or allusion here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
REV 1 5 ttqn τῷ ἀγαπῶντι ἡμᾶς 1 The second half of this verse begins a doxology that continues through the rest of this verse and all of the next verse. The doxology directly praises Jesus Christ personally. If you make this a new sentence, then you will need to state some of the information from the following verse that will then be repeated in verse 1:6 once again. Alternate translation: “May Jesus Christ, who loves us, receive glory and power always”
REV 1 5 u6v7 figs-metaphor λύσαντι ἡμᾶς ἐκ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν 1 has released us Here John uses **released** figuratively of forgiving people for their **sins**. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “has forgiven us for our sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
REV 1 5 jpnq figs-metonymy ἐκ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν 1 John uses **sins** figuratively to refer to the punishment for **sins**. He means that Jesus causes people who believe in him to escape eternal punishment for their sins. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “has released us from the punishment for our sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
REV 1 5 q64f figs-metonymy τῷ αἵματι αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **blood** figuratively represents the death of Christ on the cross. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a comparable word that stands for death or express the idea in non-figurative language. Alternate translation: “his death on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
REV 1 6 jszo writing-pronoun καὶ ἐποίησεν ἡμᾶς βασιλείαν, ἱερεῖς 1 The subject of the sentence, as well as of the contents of this entire verse, is Jesus Christ. Thus, the UST makes the subject of Jesus explicit throughout the entire verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronoun]])
REV 1 6 nhfb figs-metaphor βασιλείαν, ἱερεῖς 1 Here, **a kingdom, priests** is a pair of nouns functioning as two metaphors for the service that believers give to God the Father. Believers in Jesus Christ serve God like citizens serve their ruling king. Likewise, believers in Jesus also benefit God like priests attended to God in the temple or the tabernacle of the Old Testament. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
REV 1 6 p8j5 figs-metaphor ἱερεῖς 1 Here, **a kingdom, priests** is a pair of nouns functioning as two metaphors for the service that believers give to God the Father. Believers in Jesus Christ serve God like citizens serve their ruling king. Likewise, believers in Jesus also benefit God like priests attended to God in the temple or the tabernacle of the Old Testament. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
REV 1 6 nhfb figs-metaphor βασιλείαν 1 Here, **a kingdom** functions as a metaphor for the service that believers give to God. Believers in Jesus Christ serve God like citizens serve their ruling king in a kingdom. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the meaning of kingdom explicitly. Alternate translation: “the citizens that God rules over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
REV 1 6 iq7j figs-metaphor ἱερεῖς 1 Here, **priests** represent people that God chose to offer sacrifices on behalf of others. The language here functions as a metaphor for the service that believers give to God. Believers in Jesus Christ benefit God like priests attended to God in the temple or the tabernacle of the Old Testament. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the meaning of the office of priest explicitly. Alternate translation: “people that offer sacrifices” or “people that serve in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
REV 1 6 nesy writing-pronoun βασιλείαν, ἱερεῖς τῷ Θεῷ καὶ Πατρί αὐτοῦ— αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **kingdom**, **priests**, **glory**, and **power** in other ways. Alternate translation: “he has created us to aid him in his program and to be household custodians serving God, his Father. May Jesus have proper honor and recognized authority always” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
REV 1 6 ne7x τῷ Θεῷ καὶ Πατρί αὐτοῦ 1 his God and Father Here, **God** and **Father** refers to two persons of the Godhead, who exists in essence as a trinity of individual persons. The name **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. Alternate translation: “for God, his Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
REV 1 6 qd74 figs-abstractnouns αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος 1 to him be the glory and the power This is a wish or prayer. This could mean: (1) John prays that people honor Jesus Christ in light of or with respect to his **glory** and **power**. (2) John prays that Jesus Christ will be honored and will be able to rule completely over everyone and everything. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
REV 1 6 vc5g τὸ κράτος 1 the power Here, **the power** probably refers to Jesus Christs authority as king. Alternate translation: “the dominion”
REV 1 7 ldv8 ἰδοὺ, ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν, καὶ ὄψεται αὐτὸν πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς, καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν, καὶ κόψονται ἐπ’ αὐτὸν πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς 1 General Information: In verse 7, John is quoting from Daniel and Zechariah. For how to translate quotations of other scripture contents, read this following link. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
REV 1 6 ne7x guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τῷ Θεῷ καὶ Πατρί αὐτοῦ 1 his God and Father Here, **God** and **Father** refers to two persons of the Godhead, who exists in essence as a trinity of individual persons. The name **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. Alternate translation: “for God, his Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
REV 1 6 qd74 figs-abstractnouns αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος 1 to him be the glory and the power This is a wish or prayer. This could mean: (1) John prays that people honor Jesus Christ in light of or with respect to his **glory** and **power**. Alternate translation: “May all honor Jesus with glory and power.” (2) John prays that Jesus Christ will be honored and will be able to rule completely over everyone and everything. Alternate translation: May Jesus accept glory and power throughout eternity.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
REV 1 6 vc5g τὸ κράτος 1 the power Here, **the power** probably refers to Jesus Christs authority as king. Thus, **the power** is a metonym that describes the rule of Jesus in his kingdom. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the dominion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
REV 1 7 ldv8 figs-quotemarks ἰδοὺ, ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν, καὶ ὄψεται αὐτὸν πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς, καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν, καὶ κόψονται ἐπ’ αὐτὸν πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς 1 General Information: The clauses **Behold, he is coming with the clouds**, **every eye will see him, even those who pierced him**, and **will mourn because of him** are quotations from the Old Testament. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
REV 1 7 mx1c figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Here, **Behold** is a word that focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. The word literally means “look” or “see”. However, in this case, the expression denotes the act of seeing figuratively by means of giving notice and attention. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
REV 1 7 bbqj writing-pronoun ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν 1 Alternate translation: “He approaches on the clouds.” The subject of the clause is Jesus Christ. Jesus will come to the earth from above, or from the sky above, as seen originally in [Daniel 7:14](../../dan/11/02.md) and [Daniel 7:27](../../dan/11/02.md). Thus, the UST makes the subject of Jesus Christ explicit here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronoun]])
REV 1 7 hb4i figs-synecdoche πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς 1 every eye Since people see with their eyes, the word **eye** is used to refer to people. Alternate translation: “every person” or “everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
REV 1 7 ndf6 figs-metonymy καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 pierced him Jesus hands and feet were **pierced** when he was nailed to the cross. Here it refers to the people who killed him. Alternate translation: “even those who bore a hole in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
REV 1 7 ewtl figs-ellipsis καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 Here, **even those who pierced him** assumes the prior action verb of every eye seeing Jesus Christ come with the clouds. However, the writer leaves out the repetition of the action verb of seeing here, although the act of seeing is assumed. This is type of omission is known as ellipsis. The translator may wish to state explicitly the action of seeing once again here in this context. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
REV 1 7 bbqj writing-pronoun ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν 1 The pronoun **he** here refers to Jesus Christ. Jesus will come to the earth from above, or from the sky above, as seen originally in [Daniel 7:14](../../dan/11/02.md) and [Daniel 7:27](../../dan/11/02.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus is coming with the clouds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronoun]])
REV 1 7 k0qo ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν 1 Alternate translation: “He approaches on the clouds”
REV 1 7 hb4i figs-synecdoche πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς 1 every eye Since people see with their eyes, the word **eye** is used to refer to people. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “every person” or “everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
REV 1 7 ndf6 figs-metonymy καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 pierced him Jesus hands and feet were **pierced** when he was nailed to the cross. Here it refers to the people who killed him. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “even those who bore a hole in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
REV 1 7 ewtl figs-ellipsis καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “even those who pierced him will see him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
REV 1 7 enuz grammar-collectivenouns πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς 1 The phrase **all the tribes of the earth** describes all types of the earths peoples by the category of every single **tribe**. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “every ethnicity of the earth” or “every racial type of the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
REV 1 7 s0rd ναί! ἀμήν! 1 Here, the phrase **Yes, Amen** represents a stronger or more assertive form of simply the word **Amen**. The word **Yes** affirms, emphasizes, and strengthens the following word **Amen**. Alternate translations: “Certainly it shall be thus!” or “Yes indeed, may this truly be so!”
REV 1 8 mm9z figs-metaphor τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 the alpha and the omega The first and last letters of the Greek alphabet are **alpha** and **omega**. This could mean: (1) God the Father or Jesus Christ is the one who began all things and who will end all things. (2) God the Father or Jesus Christ is the one who has always lived and who always will live. If your readers would misunderstand this, you may consider using the first and last letters of your languages alphabet. Alternate translation: “the A and the Z” or “the first thing and the last thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
REV 1 7 s0rd figs-doublet ναί! ἀμήν! 1 Here, the phrase **Yes, Amen** has two words that mean basically the same thing. **Yes** affirms, emphasizes, and strengthens the following word, **Amen**. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Certainly it shall be thus!” or “Yes indeed, may this truly be so!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
REV 1 8 c96p ἐγώ εἰμι τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ, λέγει Κύριος, ὁ Θεός, ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν, καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος, ὁ Παντοκράτωρ 1 says the Lord God Here, **says the Lord God** indicates that the clauses that comes before and after this phrase are quotations. If this might confuse your readers, you could move this phrase to the beginning or end of the verse. Alternate translation: “The Lord God says, I am the alpha and the omega, the one who is, and who was, and who is coming, the Almighty.’”
REV 1 8 ufix τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 The first and last letters of the Greek alphabet are **alpha** and **omega**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you may consider using the first and last letters of your languages alphabet. Alternate translation: “the A and the Z” or “the first thing and the last thing”
REV 1 8 mm9z figs-metaphor τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 the alpha and the omega This could mean: (1) God the Father or Jesus Christ is the one who began all things and who will end all things. Alternate translation: “the one who began and will end all things” (2) God the Father or Jesus Christ is the one who has always lived and who always will live. Alternate translation: “the one who always existed and will always exist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
REV 1 8 l1ss figs-merism τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 Here, **the alpha and the omega** refers by merism to the eternal nature of God the Father or that of Jesus Christ. A merism gives a sense of a totality by a description that references two extreme parts of a concepts whole. In this case, the parts at the extremities of the concepts whole are the first (**alpha**) and last (**omega**) letters of the Greek alphabet. The Greek alphabet is a type of metaphor for eternity, which has a beginning and a end normally in time, although here the idea is that of the eternal existence of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
REV 1 8 t0ga translate-textvariants τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ, λέγει Κύριος 1 “I am the alpha and the omega, says the Lord God, the one who is, and who was, and who is to come, the Almighty” (1:8). Some versions add the phrase “the Beginning and the End” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
REV 1 8 in5e figs-metaphor ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 who is to come Here, the phrase **who is coming** figuratively signifies that God exists in the future. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who will still exist in the future” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
REV 1 8 c96p writing-quotations λέγει Κύριος, ὁ Θεός 1 says the Lord God Some languages would move **says the Lord God** to the beginning or the end of the whole sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
REV 1 8 t0ga translate-textvariants τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ, λέγει Κύριος 1 Some versions add the phrase “the Beginning and the End” after this statement. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the phrase it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to follow the example of the ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
REV 1 8 in5e figs-metaphor ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 who is to come See how you translated the phrase **who is coming** in [verse 4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
REV 1 9 qyu1 figs-123person ἐγὼ Ἰωάννης, ὁ ἀδελφὸς ὑμῶν, καὶ συνκοινωνὸς ἐν τῇ θλίψει, καὶ βασιλείᾳ, καὶ ὑπομονῇ, ἐν Ἰησοῦ 1 The Apostle **John** refers to himself in the third person here in this verse. If this is confusing in your language, you could translate this in the first person primarily or predominantly. Alternate translation: “I … am experiencing affliction with you …” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
REV 1 9 p7ii ἐγὼ Ἰωάννης, ὁ ἀδελφὸς ὑμῶν, καὶ συνκοινωνὸς ἐν τῇ θλίψει, καὶ βασιλείᾳ, καὶ ὑπομονῇ, ἐν Ἰησοῦ, ἐγενόμην 1 I, John—your brother and the one who shares with you in the suffering and kingdom and patient endurance that are in Jesus—was You can state this as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “I, John, am your brother who shares with you in Gods kingdom and also suffers and patiently endures trials along with you because we belong to Jesus. I was”
REV 1 9 mg1k figs-you ὑμῶν 1 your Here, **your** refers to the believers assembled among the seven churches mentioned in the book of Revelation (i.e. chapters one, two, and three). The seven assemblies of believers mentioned in Revelation were in the modern area of southwestern Turkey today. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
REV 1 9 ikek figs-abstractnouns βασιλείᾳ 1 Here, **kingdom** expresses the idea that Christ rules and will rule over the lives of believers. One might translate **kingdom** with the idea behind the abstract noun by some phrase that uses the verb “rule.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
REV 1 9 c1a9 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 because of the word of God Here, **the word of God** refers to both the preaching of the gospel as well as the proclamation of this book of Revelations prophecy by the author John through the direct attestation of Jesus Christ personally to him. John uses **word** figuratively to refer to the message that God said by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because I communicated to others the message that God spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
REV 1 9 sim8 figs-possession τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ 1 the testimony about Jesus John is using the possessive form to describe the **testimony** that **Jesus** has given about the personal revelation received directly from God and then given in prophecy by the books author John. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the testimony that Jesus has given me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
REV 1 10 s2sw figs-idiom ἐγενόμην ἐν Πνεύματι 1 I was in the Spirit Here, **in the Spirit** might signify the state of being influenced by Gods Spirit. However, on the other hand, **in the spirit** might be an idiomatic expression which employs the word **spirit** as a general reference to the human spirit. Therefore, this phrase **in the Spirit** could mean: (1) Gods Holy Spirit (i.e. God himself) took control of John so as to somehow influence John to receive divine revelation, or (2) God caused John to be in a spiritual state so that he could perceive revelation. Alternate translation: “I was influenced by the Spirit of God” or “Gods Spirit took control of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
REV 1 10 lnj2 τῇ Κυριακῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 the Lords day Here, **the Lords day** refers specifically to Sunday, which was the weekday for the public gathering of Christian believers for corporate worship during this time of Johns writing the book of Revelation. Some argue that the phrase **the Lords day** refers to a future day that is depicted in the book of Revelation. However, although John was inspired in an ecstatic state, he was not transported physically through time into a future eschatological time which is depicted in the book of Revelation. Rather, God merely gave John a vision of the future time depicted in the book of Revelation.
REV 1 10 fa68 figs-simile φωνὴν μεγάλην ὡς σάλπιγγος 1 loud voice like a trumpet The **voice** was very **loud** so that the noise sounded **like a trumpet**. Alternate translation: “a voice as loud as a trumpet being blown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
REV 1 10 ggph figs-metonymy φωνὴν μεγάλην 1 Here, **a loud voice** figuratively refers to the person speaking the **voice**, which is later revealed in the context to be the divine voice of Jesus Christ. This figure of speech is what is known as a metonymy of effect in that the person who speaks and utters a voice is represented by his **voice**. Alternate translation: “a great sound of one speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
REV 1 10 dn8e σάλπιγγος 1 trumpet A **trumpet** is a wind instrument for producing music or for calling people to gather together for an announcement or meeting. In the Old Testament, a **trumpet** was a rams horn, but in the New Testament time period the wind instrument evolved into a metallic form for the trumpet, just like it exists now in modern times. The translator must decide, if translating in a culture that has no trumpets, whether there exists some other equivalent wind instrument or simply some other means of gathering people for a public gathering.
REV 1 11 y4ab writing-pronouns λεγούσης 1 Here, **saying** refers to the **voice** of the previous verse 1:10, although the **voice** is only implied and not stated explicitly. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “it said to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
REV 1 11 d87d βιβλίον 1 Here, **a scroll** refers to a roll made up of sliced fibers from the papyrus plant. Papyrus was actually less expensive in comparison to parchment, which was made of animal skins.
REV 1 9 mg1k figs-you ὁ ἀδελφὸς ὑμῶν 1 your Here, **your** is plural and refers to the believers assembled among the seven churches mentioned in chapters 13 of this book. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the brother of you believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
REV 1 9 ikek figs-abstractnouns βασιλείᾳ 1 Here, **kingdom** expresses the idea that Christ rules and will rule over the lives of believers. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **kingdom**, you could express the same idea in some phrase that uses the verb “rule.” Alternate translation: “realm where Christ rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
REV 1 9 c1a9 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 because of the word of God John uses **word of God** figuratively to describe the gospel message that came from God and that John proclaimed by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because of the message from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
REV 1 9 sim8 figs-possession τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ 1 the testimony about Jesus John is using the possessive form to describe the **testimony** about **Jesus** that John proclaimed. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the testimony that I proclaimed about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
REV 1 10 s2sw figs-idiom ἐγενόμην ἐν Πνεύματι 1 I was in the Spirit Here, **in the Spirit** could mean: (1) Gods Spirit (the Holy Spirit) took control of John in order to influence John to receive divine revelation. Alternate translation: “I was influenced by the Spirit of God” or “Gods Spirit took control of me” (2) God caused Johns spirit to be in a state so that he could perceive revelation. Alternate translation: “God influenced my spirit” or “God took control of my spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
REV 1 10 lnj2 τῇ Κυριακῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 the Lords day Here, **the Lords day** refers specifically to Sunday, which was the day of the week when believers gathered to worship together in Johns time. Some scholars think that **the Lords day** here refers to the future time of Gods judgment called “the day of the Lord” throughout the Bible. However, this exact phrase is not used anywhere else in the Bible. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Sunday, the Lords day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
REV 1 10 fa68 figs-simile φωνὴν μεγάλην ὡς σάλπιγγος 1 loud voice like a trumpet The **voice** was very **loud** so that the noise sounded **like a trumpet**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a voice as loud as a trumpet being blown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
REV 1 10 ggph figs-metonymy φωνὴν μεγάλην 1 Here, **a loud voice** figuratively refers to the person speaking the **voice**, which is later revealed in the context to be the divine voice of Jesus Christ. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a great sound of one speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
REV 1 11 y4ab writing-pronouns λεγούσης 1 Here, **saying** introduces a quotation. What follows is what the **voice** of the previous verse actually said. Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “that voice said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
REV 1 11 kq6x translate-names Σμύρναν…Πέργαμον…Θυάτειρα…Σάρδεις…Φιλαδέλφιαν…Λαοδίκιαν 1 Smyrna … Pergamum … Thyatira … Sardis … Philadelphia … Laodicea These are names of cities in the region of western Asia Minor that are in the modern area of southwestern Turkey today. The logic of the order seems to begin with Ephesus, the most important city at the time and then proceed to move clockwise until it reaches the city that is the furthest south at Laodicea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
REV 1 12 r89l figs-metonymy τὴν φωνὴν ἥτις 1 whose voice The **voice** refers to the person speaking. The person who utters the voice is subsequently said to be Jesus Christ himself. The voice represents the person who speaks the voice in a figure of speech known as metonymy. Alternate translation: “who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
REV 1 12 flem ἑπτὰ λυχνίας χρυσᾶς 1 Here, **seven golden lampstands** refers to seven golden lamp holders that are place holding stands for portable oil lamps. These seven lamp holders are made of gold or, at the very least, were plated with gold. Apparently these lamp holders represent the seven assemblies of believers in the seven cities mentioned in the previous verse of Revelation 1:11. The number **seven** is often used in the Bible as a symbol for completeness and perfection, although the context would simply suggest that the number is required by the amount of the churches addressed in Revelation chapters two and three. Alternate translation: “seven golden portable oil lamp-holding stands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
REV 1 13 xmx7 figs-simile ὅμοιον Υἱὸν Ἀνθρώπου 1 son of man The expression **like a son of man** describes a human figure, someone who looks human. The figure of speech is that of a comparison by a simile. Alternate translation: “a being that looked like a man” or “a figure that resembled a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
REV 1 13 kyx9 ὅμοιον Υἱὸν Ἀνθρώπου 1 Here, **like a son of man** is a phrase that recalls the same Aramaic phrase in Daniel 7, specifically within [Daniel 7:13](../../dan/07/13.md). Jesus, assuming the reference in Daniel 7, takes the phrase **a son of man** as a personal title so as then to be translated often as “the Son of Man” in the gospel references. Therefore, the translator can indicate the presence of an Old Testament quotation or allusion here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
REV 1 12 r89l figs-metonymy τὴν φωνὴν ἥτις 1 whose voice Here, **voice** refers figuratively to the person speaking. The context indicates that Jesus Christ is the one speaking here. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
REV 1 12 flem ἑπτὰ λυχνίας χρυσᾶς 1 Here, **seven golden lampstands** refers to seven golden lamp holders that are place holding stands for portable oil lamps. These seven lamp holders are made of gold or, at the very least, were plated with gold. Apparently these lamp holders represent the seven assemblies of believers in the seven cities mentioned in the previous verse. The number **seven** is often used in the Bible as a symbol for completeness and perfection, although the context would simply suggest that the number is required by the amount of the churches addressed in Revelation chapters two and three. Alternate translation: “seven golden portable oil lamp-holding stands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
REV 1 13 xmx7 figs-simile ὅμοιον Υἱὸν Ἀνθρώπου 1 son of man The expression **like a son of man** describes a human figure that recalls the same Aramaic phrase in Daniel 7, specifically within [Daniel 7:13](../../dan/07/13.md). The point of this comparison is that the figure John saw looked like a human. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “a being that looked like a man” or “a figure that resembled a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
REV 1 13 y6qk ζώνην χρυσᾶν 1 a golden sash A **sash** was a strip of cloth worn around the chest. This one may have been woven from golden threads. Clearly **sash** is not a belt that is worn around the waist specifically. Alternate translation: “strap” or “band”
REV 1 14 qc12 figs-simile ἡ δὲ κεφαλὴ αὐτοῦ καὶ αἱ τρίχες λευκαὶ, ὡς ἔριον λευκόν ὡς χιών 1 His head and hair were as white as wool—as white as snow Here, **wool** and **snow** are examples of things that are very **white**. The double comparison between hair of the head with both **wool** and **snow** represents the figure of speech known as a simile. Although the phrase **his head and hair** literally refers to both the head and hair, the idea must be to the hair being white on the head, which is then compared in a similes manner of comparison to both **wool** and **snow**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
REV 1 14 mg7r figs-doublet λευκαὶ, ὡς ἔριον λευκόν ὡς χιών 1 The repetition of **white as** emphasizes that they were very white. The doubling of **white* indicates a figure of speech known as a doublet. A doublet provides emphasis by means of repetition. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
REV 1 14 j9w4 ἔριον 1 wool The word **wool** refers to the hair of a sheep or goat. In this simile comparison, the **wool** is considered to be very white.
REV 1 14 vp4t figs-simile οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτοῦ ὡς φλὸξ πυρός 1 his eyes were like a flame of fire John describes **his eyes** as being full of light and very bright like **a flame of fire**. Alternate translation: “his eyes were glowing like a flame of fire” or “his eyes blazed like a flame of fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
REV 1 15 u551 figs-simile οἱ πόδες αὐτοῦ ὅμοιοι χαλκολιβάνῳ 1 His feet were like polished bronze Here, **like polished bronze** describes the appearance of the figures feet in a manner of comparison known as simile. Objects made of **bronze** are **polished** to make them shine and reflect light. Alternate translation: “his feet were very shiny like polished bronze” or “his feet were reflecting light like polished bronze” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
REV 1 15 d6je figs-events ὅμοιοι χαλκολιβάνῳ ὡς ἐν καμίνῳ πεπυρωμένης 1 like polished bronze, like bronze that had been refined in a furnace The **bronze** would be **refined** first by melting it in a **furnace**, and then polished. Here, **furnace** refers to a strong container for holding a very hot fire. People would put metal in it, and the hot fire would melt away any impurities that were in the metal. A translation should not imply that the bronze was first polished and then refined in a furnace, thereby reversing the actual order of events. Alternate translation: “like bronze that has been purified in a hot furnace and then polished” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
REV 1 15 izg6 figs-simile ἡ φωνὴ αὐτοῦ ὡς φωνὴ ὑδάτων πολλῶν 1 the sound of many rushing waters The **sound** of **his voice** was very loud, like the sound of a large and fast flowing river or of a large waterfall with loud waves of constant water flow. This figurative expression is a comparison by a simile. The idea is simply of a great noise caused by a large volume of water, so that something like a river or waterfall could describe the notion for comparison of the voices great force. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
REV 1 16 qu9h writing-pronouns καὶ ἔχων 1 Here, the subject of **and having** should be assumed from earlier in verse [1:13](../01/13.md) rendered one **like a son of man**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he was holding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
REV 1 16 udj5 writing-symlanguage καὶ ἔχων ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ ἀστέρας ἑπτά 1 The number **seven** is often used in the Bible as a symbol for completeness and perfection, although the context would simply suggest that the number is required by the amount of the churches addressed in Revelation chapters two and three. Hence, the **seven stars** refer to **the angels of the seven churches** as stated explicitly in [1:20](../01/20.md). The symbolism of Jesus Christ holding stars could have two possible connotations, namely: (1) Christ having absolute authority over the stars in the heavens as a divine person, or (2) Christ keeping the churches symbolized in the stars secure and safe from death or evil so as to have eternal life as described in [John 10:28](../../joh/10/28.md). The translator does not need to specify one interpretation over the other one. Alternate translation: “and keeping seven stars in his right hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
REV 1 16 pp58 καὶ ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ ῥομφαία δίστομος ὀξεῖα ἐκπορευομένη 1 a sword … was coming out of his mouth Here, the **sword** refers to a sword that is sharpened on both edges so that it can cut in both directions on both sides. Only the blade of the sword protruded from Christs mouth since the imagery is most likely a metaphor for the spoken word as being figuratively sharp and able to pierce things. The symbolism was probably inspired by the fact that Roman **double-edged** swords were shaped like human tongues in their forms. Thus, **double-edged** swords in the shape of human tongues apparently signify spoken words coming from the human mouth. The translator may wish to indicate this imagery in his translation of the symbolism. Alternate translation: “a sharp, double-edged sword was protruding from his mouth”
REV 1 16 cb26 figs-simile ὡς ὁ ἥλιος φαίνει ἐν τῇ δυνάμει αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the simile in the phrase **shining as the sun at its strength** expresses a very bright appearance. Thus, the face of Jesus Christ appeared very bright in a similar manner to the way that the sun shines in its full force during the middle of the day. Alternate translation: “shining as bright as the noonday sun” or “shining as bright as the mid-day sun” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
REV 1 17 twy9 translate-symaction ἔπεσα πρὸς τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ, ὡς νεκρός 1 fell at his feet like a dead man John lay down facing the ground in a common gesture that expresses a deferential respect for a person before whom one bows down before. This symbolic action or cultural gesture of obeisance signifies great respect, reverential awe, and maybe even some fear at the person who receives the symbolic gesture of the bow. John was probably very frightened and was showing Jesus great respect by the customary act of a dramatic bow before the presence of Jesus. If the translator has a similar symbolic action or cutlural gesture to indicate obeisance in the culture of the target language, then perhaps the similar cultural action should be incorporated in the translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
REV 1 17 vz4u translate-symaction καὶ ἔθηκεν τὴν δεξιὰν αὐτοῦ ἐπ’ ἐμὲ 1 Here, the subject of **and he placed his right hand on me** should be assumed from earlier in the context at verse [1:13](../01/13.md). Verse [1:13](../01/13.md) mentions one **like a son of man** as a description of Jesus Christ. If this might confuse your readers, you could explicitly state the subject as Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus placed his right hand on me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
REV 1 14 qc12 figs-simile ἡ δὲ κεφαλὴ αὐτοῦ καὶ αἱ τρίχες λευκαὶ, ὡς ἔριον λευκόν ὡς χιών 1 His head and hair were as white as wool—as white as snow The point of this comparison is that the **head and hair** were like **wool** and **snow**, which are both very white. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Now his head and hair were very white, like the white color of wool and snow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
REV 1 14 mg7r figs-doublet λευκαὶ, ὡς ἔριον λευκόν ὡς χιών 1 John uses **white as** in order to emphasize how white the head and hair were. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “extremely white like wool and snow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
REV 1 14 j9w4 ἔριον 1 wool The word **wool** refers to the hair of a sheep or goat that can often be very white. If your readers would not be familiar with this material, you could use the name of a type of fur or fabric in your area that is known to be very white, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “white fabric” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
REV 1 14 vp4t figs-simile οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτοῦ ὡς φλὸξ πυρός 1 his eyes were like a flame of fire The point of this comparison is that the **eyes** were like **a flame of fire**, which full of light and very bright. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “his eyes were glowing like a flame of fire” or “his eyes blazed like a flame of fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
REV 1 15 u551 figs-simile οἱ πόδες αὐτοῦ ὅμοιοι χαλκολιβάνῳ 1 His feet were like polished bronze The point of this comparison is that the **feet** were like **polished bronze**, which is very shiny. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “his feet were very shiny like polished bronze” or “his feet were reflecting light like polished bronze” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
REV 1 15 d6je figs-events ὅμοιοι χαλκολιβάνῳ ὡς ἐν καμίνῳ πεπυρωμένης 1 like polished bronze, like bronze that had been refined in a furnace Here, **furnace** refers to a strong container for holding a very hot fire. People would put metal like **bronze** in it, and the hot fire would make the metal **refined** by melting away any impurities that were in the metal. Do not translate this verse in a way that would imply that the bronze was first polished and then refined in a furnace, which reverses the actual order of events. Alternate translation: “like bronze that has been purified in a hot furnace and then polished” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
REV 1 15 izg6 figs-simile ἡ φωνὴ αὐτοῦ ὡς φωνὴ ὑδάτων πολλῶν 1 the sound of many rushing waters The point of this comparison is that **the sound** of **his voice** was like the sound of a large and fast flowing river or of a large waterfall with loud waves of constant water flow, which is very loud. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “his voice was very loud like the sound of rushing waters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
REV 1 16 qu9h καὶ ἔχων 1 Here, the subject of **and having** should be assumed from earlier in verse [1:13](../01/13.md) rendered one **like a son of man**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the one like the son of man had”
REV 1 16 udj5 writing-symlanguage καὶ ἔχων ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ ἀστέρας ἑπτά 1 Here, **seven stars** refer to “the angels of the seven churches” as stated explicitly in [1:20](../01/20.md). The symbolism of Jesus Christ holding stars could refer to: (1) Christ having absolute authority over the churches symbolized by the stars. Alternate translation: “and exercising authority over the stars” (2) Christ keeping the churches symbolized by the stars secure and safe from death or evil so as to have eternal life as described in [John 10:28](../../joh/10/28.md). Alternate translation: “and keeping seven stars in his right hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
REV 1 16 pp58 writing-symlanguage καὶ ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ ῥομφαία δίστομος ὀξεῖα ἐκπορευομένη 1 a sword … was coming out of his mouth Here, the **sword** refers to a sword that is sharpened on both edges so that it can cut in both directions on both sides. Only the blade of the sword protruded from Christs mouth since the imagery is most likely a metaphor for the spoken word as being figuratively sharp and able to pierce things. The symbolism was probably inspired by the fact that Roman **double-edged** swords were shaped like human tongues in their forms. Thus, **double-edged** swords in the shape of human tongues apparently signify spoken words coming from the human mouth. The translator may wish to indicate this imagery in his translation of the symbolism. Alternate translation: “a sharp, double-edged sword was protruding from his mouth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
REV 1 16 cb26 figs-simile ὡς ὁ ἥλιος φαίνει ἐν τῇ δυνάμει αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the simile in the phrase **shining as the sun at its strength** expresses a very bright appearance. Thus, the face of Jesus Christ appeared very bright in a similar manner to the way that the sun shines in its full force during the middle of the day. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “shining as bright as the noonday sun” or “shining as bright as the mid-day sun” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
REV 1 17 twy9 translate-symaction ἔπεσα πρὸς τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ, ὡς νεκρός 1 fell at his feet like a dead man This phrase describes John laying down with his face toward the ground in a common gesture that expresses a deferential respect for a person before whom one bows down before. This symbolic action or cultural gesture of obeisance signifies great respect, reverential awe, and maybe even some fear at the person who receives the symbolic gesture of the bow. John was probably very frightened and was showing Jesus great respect by the customary act of a dramatic bow before the presence of Jesus. If the translator has a similar symbolic action or cultural gesture to indicate obeisance in the culture of the target language, then perhaps the similar cultural action should be incorporated in the translation. Alternate translation: “fell down at his feet like a dead man to show his fear and respect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
REV 1 17 vz4u writing-pronouns καὶ ἔθηκεν τὴν δεξιὰν αὐτοῦ ἐπ’ ἐμὲ 1 Here, the subject of **and he placed his right hand on me** should be assumed from earlier in the context at verse [1:13](../01/13.md). Verse [1:13](../01/13.md) mentions one **like a son of man** as a description of Jesus Christ. If this might confuse your readers, you could explicitly state the subject as Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus placed his right hand on me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
REV 1 17 jw5r translate-symaction καὶ ἔθηκεν τὴν δεξιὰν αὐτοῦ ἐπ’ ἐμὲ 1 He placed his right hand on me Here, the phrase **and he placed his right hand on me** signifies a cultural gesture or symbolic action that expresses comfort and assurance for the person who is need of encouragement at the moment of fear. The symbolic action has the accompanying verbal expression of **Do not be afraid** so as to illustrate the significance and symbolism of the cultural gesture. Alternate translation: “and he touched me with his right hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
REV 1 17 uc3d figs-merism ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος 1 I am the first and the last Here, **the first and the last** refers to the eternal nature of Jesus in a figure of expression known as a merism. This is to say, Jesus Christ exists in nature eternally in that he existed before anything else and he will continue to exist after everything else is gone. A merism gives a sense of a totality by a description that references two extreme parts of the entirety of a concept. In this case, the parts at the extremities of the entirety of the concept are the ordinals **first** and **last**. However, in the prior verse of [1:8](../01/08.md), the metaphor for eternity was described in terms of the Greek alphabet. In other words, the parts at the extremities of the entirety of the concept are the first (**alpha**) and last (**omega**) letters of the Greek alphabet. Yet, in this context here, the parts at the extremities are simply the ordinal numbers **first** and **last**. The translator may wish to find an equivalent phrase to express a merism in the culture of his target language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
REV 1 18 zm05 καὶ ὁ ζῶν καὶ ἐγενόμην νεκρὸς 1 Here, the phrase **the one who lives** is a common description of God in both the Old and New Testaments. Essentially this common divine title is a phrase which communicates the notion that God has immortal life in his essential nature. In contrast to God, who lives in immortal essence and in his very being as the living God, mortal humans die because of their sinful nature. The translator may wish to find an equivalent description of God to express his immortal or eternal life as part of his essence or being. Alternate translation: “the living one” or “the one who gives life”
REV 1 18 cc7c figs-metaphor καὶ ἰδοὺ 1 Here, **Behold** is a word that focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. The word literally means “look” or “see”. However, in this case, the expression denotes the act of seeing figuratively by means of giving notice and attention. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
REV 1 18 a4e2 figs-metaphor ἔχω τὰς κλεῖς τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍδου 1 I have the keys of death and of Hades Here, the phrase **I have the keys of death and of Hades** indicates a common metaphorical expression that symbolizes authority or power with the imagery of **keys**. This is to say, the idea of having the power over something is spoken of as having **the keys** to it. Alternate translation: “I have the power over death and over Hades” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
REV 1 18 pgql figs-explicit ἔχω τὰς κλεῖς τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍδου 1 The implied information is that he can give life to those who have died and let them out of **Hades**. As stated in the previous note, **keys** are a symbol of power or authority over something, since keys represent the ability to control a door, whether to open it or to lock it. The translator may wish to make the symbolic and cultural implications of having **keys** explicit by indicating the power or authority of controlling such items. Alternate translation: “I have the power to give life to people who have died and to let them out of Hades” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
REV 1 18 acrx translate-transliterate τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍδου 1 Here, **Hades** in the phrase **of death and of Hades** denotes the world of the dead and is commonly transliterated directly from the Greek language and its cultural mythology, as here in the ULT translation. The word **Hades** signifies the place or location where deceased individuals go after their death within the cultural world of Greek mythology. The distinction between death and **Hades** is not great, but there is a slight difference. Death indicates the state of being dead. However, **Hades** represents the place of death. Thus, the translator might indicate the slight differences between the two words in this verse here when translating the expression. Alternate translation: “of deaths state and of deaths location” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
REV 1 19 eupc figs-litany ἃ εἶδες, καὶ ἃ εἰσὶν, καὶ ἃ μέλλει γενέσθαι μετὰ ταῦτα 1 Here, the entire clause **what you have seen and what is and what is about to happen after these things** represents the three-part division of the entire Book of Revelation. This three-part division of the Book of Revelation is an example of the figure of speech known as a litany. A litany expresses a comprehensive notion so as to be inclusive of all without exceptions. In other words, The command to John requires that John write everything down in the book with no exceptions from what he is required to include in his work of composition. The translator may wish to indicate the use of this verse here as a natural three-part division of the book of Revelation. Alternatively, the translator may wish to reflect this actual reality in the translation of the three different clauses with their different tenses of verbs. Alternate translation: “that which you are seeing, that which exists now, and that which will happen afterwards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]])
REV 1 20 ytmk τὸ μυστήριον τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων 1 Here, **the mystery** means “the secret meaning” or “the symbolic meaning” in the sense of the inner meaning of a symbolic vision. The word **mystery** represents a matter that is hidden or secret. The notion of a **mystery** also implies that there exists a symbolic meaning that the Holy Spirit can allow one to understand and interpret correctly. The translator may wish to convey some of the nuances explained in this note that are inherent in the notion of the word **mystery**. Alternate translation: “the secret meaning of the seven stars”
REV 1 20 d6ez writing-symlanguage τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων 1 stars These **stars** are symbols that represent the **seven** angels of the **seven** churches or assemblies of believers. The number **seven** is often used in the Bible as a symbol for completeness and perfection. However, here the number **seven** simply refers to the number of churches addressed in chapters two and three of the Book of Revelation. Alternate translation: “the seven celestial bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
REV 1 20 fl5d writing-symlanguage λυχνίας 1 lampstands These **lampstands** are symbols that represent the seven churches or assemblies of believers mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. Note the previous translation of this imagery in verse [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
REV 1 20 eek9 ἄγγελοι τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 the angels of the seven churches Here, the phrase **the angels of the seven churches** could refer to: (1) heavenly angels who protect the seven churches. Alternatively, **the angels of the seven churches** are (2) human messengers who are sent to the seven churches. If **the angels** are human messengers, then, they could either be leaders of the seven churches or they could be the actual messengers who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the seven churches mentioned in verse [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). The translator should keep the apparent ambiguity of the symbolism and not try to specify either option of interpretation over the other.
REV 1 20 e25n τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 seven churches Here, the **seven churches** refers to seven assemblies of believers which actually existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the Book of Revelation. Note the translation of these **seven churches** in verse [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md).
REV 1 17 uc3d figs-merism ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος 1 I am the first and the last Here, **the first and the last** refers to the eternal nature of Jesus. He existed before anything else and he will continue to exist after everything else is gone. In this expression, **first** refers to what is before everything and **last** refers to what is after everything. This is similar to the use of alpha and omega in [verse 8](../01/08.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the one who existed before everything and will exist after everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
REV 1 18 zm05 καὶ ὁ ζῶν καὶ ἐγενόμην νεκρὸς 1 Here, **the one who lives** refers to God. It could refer to: (1) God possessing eternal life in himself. Alternate translation: “the living one” (2) God being the source of life. Alternate translation: “the one who gives life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
REV 1 18 cc7c figs-metaphor καὶ ἰδοὺ 1 **Behold** here denotes the act of seeing figuratively by means of giving notice and attention. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
REV 1 18 a4e2 figs-metaphor ἔχω τὰς κλεῖς τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍδου 1 I have the keys of death and of Hades John uses **keys** here figuratively to refer to authority or power. Just as **keys** have the ability to control the opening or locking of a door, so Jesus has the power to control death and Hades. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I have the power over death and over Hades” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
REV 1 18 pgql figs-explicit ἔχω τὰς κλεῖς τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍδου 1 This clause implies that Jesus can give life to those who have died and let them out of **Hades**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have the power to give life to people who have died and to let them out of Hades” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
REV 1 18 acrx translate-transliterate τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍδου 1 **Hades** here refers to the world of people who have died and is commonly transliterated directly from the Greek language, as in the ULT. **Hades** signifies the place or location where deceased individuals go after they die within the cultural world of Greek mythology. The distinction between death and **Hades** is not great, but there is a slight difference. Death indicates the state of being dead. However, **Hades** represents the place where the spirits of dead people reside. Thus, the translator might indicate the slight differences between the two words in this verse here when translating the expression. Alternate translation: “of deaths state and of deaths location” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
REV 1 19 eupc figs-litany ἃ εἶδες, καὶ ἃ εἰσὶν, καὶ ἃ μέλλει γενέσθαι μετὰ ταῦτα 1 Here, **what you have seen and what is and what is about to happen after these things** represents the three-part division of the entire Book of Revelation. This repetitive style of speaking or writing is called a “litany.” The command to John requires John to write everything down in the book with no exceptions from what he is required to write. If it would help your readers, you could indicate the use of this verse here as a natural three-part division of the book of Revelation. Alternatively, you may wish to reflect in the translation of the three different clauses with their different verb tenses. Alternate translation: “that which you are seeing, that which exists now, and that which will happen afterwards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]])
REV 1 20 ytmk τὸ μυστήριον τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων 1 Here, **the mystery** refers to a secret or symbolic meaning of a symbolic vision of the **seven stars**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the secret meaning of the seven stars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
REV 1 20 d6ez writing-symlanguage τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων 1 stars See how you translated this phrase in [verse 16](../01/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
REV 1 20 fl5d writing-symlanguage λυχνίας 1 lampstands See how you translated this word in [verse 12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
REV 1 20 eek9 figs-explicit ἄγγελοι τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 the angels of the seven churches Here, **the angels of the seven churches** could refer to: (1) heavenly angels who protect the seven churches, as in the ULT. (2) human messengers who are sent to the seven churches. In this case they could either be leaders of the seven churches or the actual messengers who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the seven churches mentioned in [verse 11](../01/11.md). Alternate translation: “the seven messengers of the seven churches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
REV 1 20 e25n τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 seven churches See how you translated this in [verse 11](../01/11.md).
REV 2 intro zps2 0 # Revelation 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation<br><br>I. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)<br><br>A. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)<br><br>B. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)<br><br><br>C. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)<br><br><br>D. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)<br><br><br>E. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)<br><br><br>F. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)<br><br><br>G. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)<br><br><br>Chapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 27.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Poverty and wealth<br><br>The Christians in Smyrna were poor because they did not have much money. But they were rich spiritually because God would reward them for their suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])<br><br>### “The devil is about to”<br><br>People were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them ([Revelation 2:10](../rev/02/10.md)). John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])<br><br>### Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel<br><br>Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel were people who lived long before Jesus was born. They all tried to harm the Israelites either by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### “Let the one who has an ear, hear what the Spirit is saying to the churches”<br><br>The writer knew that almost all of his readers had physical ears. The ear here is a metonym for hearing what God says and desiring to obey him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “The angel of the church”<br><br>The word **angel** here can also mean “messenger.” This might refer to the messenger or leader of the church. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).<br><br>### “The words of the one who”<br><br>The verses with these words can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these verses. Also, Jesus used these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3.
REV 2 1 kq5r τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Here, **angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel which protects the church at Ephesus. Alternatively, this **angel** is (2) a human messenger which is sent to the seven churches. If **the angel** is a human messenger, then it could refer to a leader of the church at Ephesus or, perhaps, to the actual messenger who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the church at Ephesus. Note that verse [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) would suggest the need for messengers to be sent to each of the seven churches in their seven cities. The translator should keep the apparent ambiguity of the symbolism and not try to specify either option of interpretation over the other. Note the translation of **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md).
REV 2 1 mn8x translate-names τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Ἐφέσῳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of Jesus Christs message to the angel of the church in Ephesus. Ephesus is the name of one of the **seven churches**, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the Book of Revelation. Note the translation of the **seven churches** in verse [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
REV 2 1 kq5r figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Ἐφέσῳ ἐκκλησίας 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Ephesus, as in the ULT. (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Ephesus. In this case, **the angel** could either be a leader of the church in Ephesus or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the church in Ephesus. See how you translated “angels” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “the messenger of the church in Ephesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).
REV 2 1 mn8x translate-names τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Ἐφέσῳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of Jesus Christs message to the angel of the church in **Ephesus**. Ephesus is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the Book of Revelation. Note the translation of the **seven churches** in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
REV 2 1 mz7l τάδε λέγει 1 Here, **says these things** indicates that the clauses that comes before and after this phrase are quotations. If this might confuse your readers, you could move this phrase to the beginning or end of the verse. Alternate translation: “says this message”
REV 2 1 q1ck writing-pronouns ὁ κρατῶν τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἀστέρας ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ, ὁ περιπατῶν ἐν μέσῳ τῶν ἑπτὰ λυχνιῶν τῶν χρυσῶν 1 Here, the implied subject of the two clauses is Jesus Christ. Jesus Christ is the assumed subject from the context established in the previous chapter one. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the intended reference to Jesus Christ explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus Christ, the one who holds the seven stars in his right hand, who walks in the midst of the seven golden lampstands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
REV 2 1 i92a writing-symlanguage ἀστέρας 1 stars These **stars** are symbols. The **stars** represent the seven angels of the seven churches. Note the translations of **stars** in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md) and [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md). The figure of speech is that of symbolic language which is common to the Book of Revelation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
REV 2 1 ugs3 writing-symlanguage τῶν ἑπτὰ λυχνιῶν τῶν χρυσῶν 1 lampstands The **golden lampstands** are symbols that represent the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers. See how you translated **lampstands** in [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
REV 2 2 jg1u figs-abstractnouns οἶδα…τὸν κόπον καὶ τὴν ὑπομονήν σου 1 I know … your hard labor and your patient endurance If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **labor** and **endurance**, you can express them with the verbs “work” and “endure.” Alternate translation: “I know … that you laboured very hard and that you patiently suffered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
REV 2 2 l6mv figs-youcrowd τὰ ἔργα σου, καὶ τὸν κόπον καὶ τὴν ὑπομονήν σου, καὶ ὅτι οὐ δύνῃ βαστάσαι κακούς; καὶ ἐπείρασας τοὺς λέγοντας ἑαυτοὺς ἀποστόλους, καὶ οὐκ εἰσίν, καὶ εὗρες αὐτοὺς ψευδεῖς 1 The second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout this verse are all singular in their number but plural in their references. In other words, all the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church at Ephesus. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
REV 2 2 sxbf figs-nominaladj κακούς 1 Here, **evil people** translates directly an adjective in the Greek that signifies simply “wicked” or **evil**. Thus, the translator must supply a noun that the adjective is describing through an assumed implication. The natural assumption for the noun to be supplied would be human individuals who were people in the surrounding community of those being addressed here. Alternate translation: “wayward people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
REV 2 2 ka9e εὗρες αὐτοὺς ψευδεῖς 1 you have found them to be false Here, **you have found them** indicates the literal translation of the Greek. However, the sense of **found** is something like "to understand" or simply to come to the knowledge about a certain reality. The understood reality is actually the falsehood of the claim of certain people to be apostles. Alternate translation: “you have recognized those people to be false apostles”
REV 2 3 nn01 figs-explicit καὶ ὑπομονὴν ἔχεις 1 Here, **and you have patient endurance** implies a missing affirmation of **I know** from the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternative translation: “I realize that you have patient endurance” or "I recognize that you have patient endurance" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
REV 2 3 muq8 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 because of my name Here, **name** is a metonym for the person of Jesus Christ, since Jesus uses **name** here to refer to himself. The believers in Ephesus are suffering persecution and difficult circumstances for the sake of Jesus Christ as believers in him. The assembly in Ephesus suffers for the sake of the person and message of Jesus Christ within their society. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you believe in my name” or “because you believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n
REV 2 2 ka9e εὗρες αὐτοὺς ψευδεῖς 1 you have found them to be false Here, **you have found them** indicates the literal translation of the Greek. However, the sense of **found** is something like “to understand” or simply to come to the knowledge about a certain reality. The understood reality is actually the falsehood of the claim of certain people to be apostles. Alternate translation: “you have recognized those people to be false apostles”
REV 2 3 nn01 figs-explicit καὶ ὑπομονὴν ἔχεις 1 Here, **and you have patient endurance** implies a missing affirmation of **I know** from the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternative translation: “I realize that you have patient endurance” or “I recognize that you have patient endurance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
REV 2 3 muq8 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 because of my name Here, **name** is a metonym for the person of Jesus Christ, since Jesus uses **name** here to refer to himself. The believers in Ephesus are suffering persecution and difficult circumstances for the sake of Jesus Christ as believers in him. The assembly in Ephesus suffers for the sake of the person and message of Jesus Christ within their society. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you believe in my name” or “because you believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
REV 2 3 j46d figs-metaphor οὐ κεκοπίακες 1 you have not grown weary Being discouraged is spoken of as growing **weary**. The metaphor relates the notion of quitting an action with becoming tired since often people stop an action if they are tired. Alternate translation: “you have not become discouraged” or “you have not quit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
REV 2 3 mg3z figs-litotes οὐ κεκοπίακες 1 Here, **have not grown weary** is a litotes expression that expresses emphasis by negating the opposite statement. In this case, Jesus emphasizes the act of persevering and not giving up despite obstacles by stating the opposite notion. The believers at Ephesus had persevered in trials but did not give up. Thus, they did not grow **weary** or become tired, but rather they continued to try hard. See the previous note about the metaphor in the figure of speech. Alternate translation: “you have not grown tired” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
REV 2 4 j7gz ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ, ὅτι 1 I have against you the fact that Here **I have against you that** indicates a negative, critical sentiment. It expresses the idea of a critical attitude in the person speaking, meaning something like: "I have something against you" or "there is something about you that I disapprove of". The Greek does not supply what Jesus is angry about, but the following clause describes the matter of contention. Alternate translation: “I disapprove of you because” or “I have a criticism to make of you"
REV 2 4 kx98 figs-metaphor τὴν ἀγάπην σου τὴν πρώτην ἀφῆκες 1 you have left behind your first love To stop doing something is spoken of as leaving it **behind**, and **love** is spoken of as if it is an object that can be left behind. Alternate translation: “you have stopped loving me as you did at the beginning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
REV 2 5 sfw2 figs-metaphor πόθεν πέπτωκας 1 from where you have fallen The notion of the church no longer loving as much as they used to love is spoken of as having **fallen** in the sense of "how far you have fallen from your original location". Here, "falling" from a standing location is a metaphor for abandoning an earlier love and devotion for a person, in this case Jesus. The metaphorical figure of speech describes a tremendous decline in the love for Jesus among the Christians at Ephesus. Alternate translation: “how much you have changed” or “how much you used to love me” or "how far you have fallen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
REV 2 5 j6p5 εἰ δὲ μή 1 Unless you repent Alternate translation: “If you do not repent”
REV 2 5 j8p5 writing-symlanguage κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου 1 remove your lampstand The **lampstand** is a symbol that represents one of the seven churches. See how you translated “lampstand” in [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
REV 2 6 cvi5 translate-names τῶν Νικολαϊτῶν 1 Nicolaitans The **Nicolaitans** were people who followed the teachings of a man named Nicolaus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
REV 2 7 s3qg figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
REV 2 7 ft48 figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
REV 2 7 wzg1 figs-genericnoun τῷ νικῶντι 1 the one who conquers This refers anyone **who conquers**. Alternate translation: “To anyone who resists evil” or “To those who do not agree to do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
REV 2 7 rmf5 τῷ Παραδείσῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the paradise of God This is a symbol for heaven. Alternate translation: “Gods garden”
REV 2 8 is3w 0 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Mans message to the angel of the church in Smyrna.
REV 2 8 ie9x τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Here, **angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects this church. (2) a human messenger to the church, either a messenger who went from John to the church or the leader of the churches. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md)
REV 2 8 key2 translate-names Σμύρνῃ 1 Smyrna **Smyrna** is the name of a city in a part of western Asia that today is modern Turkey. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
REV 2 8 k7qk figs-merism ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος 1 the first and the last Here, the **first and the last** refers to the eternal nature of Jesus. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
REV 2 4 j7gz figs-ellipsis ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ, ὅτι 1 I have against you the fact that Here **I have against you that** indicates a negative, critical sentiment. It expresses the idea of a critical attitude in the person speaking, meaning something like: “I have something against you” or “there is something about you that I disapprove of”. Jesus is leaving out a word in the idiomatic expression that some languages would need in order for a clause to be complete. However, the following words in the context describe the matter of contention that Jesus is angry about. If your language requires an explanation of what Jesus is taking issue with the Ephesian church about, then you can supply it from the context. Alternate translation: “I disapprove of you because” or “I have a criticism to make of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
REV 2 4 kx98 figs-metaphor τὴν ἀγάπην σου τὴν πρώτην ἀφῆκες 1 you have left behind your first love To stop doing something is spoken of as leaving it **behind**. Here, **love** represents an object that can abandoned. Here, the expression presents a metaphor expressing **love** as an object that can be forsaken. Alternate translation: “you have stopped loving me as you did at the beginning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
REV 2 5 sfw2 figs-metaphor πόθεν πέπτωκας 1 from where you have fallen The notion of the church no longer loving as much as they used to love is spoken of as having **fallen** in the sense of “how far you have fallen from your original location”. Here, “falling” from a standing location is a metaphor for abandoning an earlier love and devotion for a person, in this case Jesus. Here, the metaphorical expression describes a tremendous decline in the love for Jesus among the Christians at Ephesus. Alternate translation: “how much you have changed” or “how much you once loved me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
REV 2 5 cd8v figs-metonymy καὶ τὰ πρῶτα ἔργα ποίησον 1 Here, **the first works** is a metonym that describes the behavior or way of life of the Ephesian believers earlier in their Christian practice. Earlier in the Christian way of life of the Ephesian believers they made greater efforts in their stronger devotion for Jesus. Alternate translation: “and do the first efforts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
REV 2 5 hlyf figs-metaphor ἔρχομαί σοι καὶ κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου ἐκ τοῦ τόπου αὐτῆς 1 Here, **I will come to you and I will remove your lampstand from its place** could refer to: (1) a special coming in judgment that Jesus would make personally for only the church of Ephesus. (2) the final, second coming of Jesus to the earth in judgment. In both interpretation options, Jesus uses a metaphor from the actual Roman destruction of the Jerusalem temple in 70 AD. In 70 AD, the Romans entered the Jerusalem temple and removed the seven-branched lampstand from inside the sanctuary. However, the translator should not make either interpretive option explicit in the translation. Alternate translation: “I will come to you and I will extract your lampstand from its place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
REV 2 5 j8p5 writing-symlanguage ἔρχομαί σοι καὶ κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου ἐκ τοῦ τόπου αὐτῆς 1 remove your lampstand The **lampstand** is a symbol that represents one of the seven churches. See how you translated **lampstand** in [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
REV 2 6 g8gn figs-metaphor  ἀλλὰ τοῦτο ἔχεις 1 **But you have this** is a metaphor in which **this** represents the fact that Jesus hates the works of the Nicolaitans. The metaphor in this idiomatic expression is that **this** is spoken of as if it were an object someone could have. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “But this is to your credit” or “But here is a good thing you are doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
REV 2 6 cvi5 translate-names τῶν Νικολαϊτῶν 1 Nicolaitans The **Nicolaitans** were people who followed the teachings or practices of a man named Nicolaus. The translator should not attempt to specify the actual teachings or practices of the **Nicolaitans** since there is no certainty about what Nicolaus taught or practiced. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
REV 2 7 s3qg figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
REV 2 7 tidg figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to pay attention, then pay attention” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
REV 2 7 wzg1 figs-metaphor τῷ νικῶντι 1 the one who conquers **To the one who conquers** refers to anyone **who conquers**, or is victorious throughout obstacles and difficulties in the Christian life. The expression represents a metaphor comparing the Christian life to a military battle, in which the Christian overcomes the forces of evil and any difficult obstacles in warfare. Alternate translation: “To the one who wins the victory” or “To the one who overcomes the obstacles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
REV 2 7 ng2d figs-possession ἐκ τοῦ ξύλου τῆς ζωῆς 1 John is using the possessive form of **tree** to describe the **tree** as giving **life**. The imagery recalls Genesis 3:22s reference to **the tree of life** in the Garden of Eden. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the tree that grants life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
REV 2 7 rmf5 figs-transliterate τῷ Παραδείσῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the paradise of God Here, **paradise** is a Greek transliteration of a Persian word that describes a pleasure garden and zoo that Persian monarchs built at their residences. However, in the Bible **paradise** becomes a symbol for heaven. The symbolism for heaven might be seen in Luke 23:43 and 2 Corinthians 12:4, which both show that **paradise** is a name for the abode of God. Thus, **paradise** represents the eternal and permanent home of believers in Jesus Christ in the new heavens and the new earth of the future. Alternate translation: “the garden of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-transliterate]])
REV 2 8 is3w translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σμύρνῃ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Mans message to the angel of the church in **Smyrna**. Smyrna is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the Book of Revelation. Note the translation of the **seven churches** in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
REV 2 8 ie9x figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σμύρνῃ ἐκκλησίας 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Smyrna, as in the ULT. (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Smyrna. In this case, **the angel** could either be a leader of the church in Smyrna or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the Book of Revelation to the church in Smyrna. See how you translated “angels” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “the messenger of the church in Smyrna” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]).
REV 2 8 nvn1 τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated the phrase **says these things** in [Revelation 2:1](../02/01.md).
REV 2 8 k7qk figs-merism ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος 1 the first and the last Here, the **first and the last** refers to the eternal nature of Jesus Christ. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
REV 2 8 t5l1 figs-merism 1 Here, the phrase **who became dead but came to life again** describes Jesus Christ by the two extremes of his death on the cross as well as his current life after the resurrection. The figure of speech is a type of merism. See how you translated the very similar phrase in [Revelation 1:18](../01/18.md). However, note that there are slight differences between this verse and [Revelation 1:18](../01/18.md), such as in the order of the words. Alternate translation: “who became dead but lived again” or “who became dead but returned back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
REV 2 9 p6hp figs-abstractnouns οἶδά σου τὴν θλῖψιν καὶ τὴν πτωχείαν 1 I know your sufferings and your poverty If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **affliction** and **poverty**, you can express them as verbs. Alternate translation: “I know how you have suffered and how poor you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
REV 2 9 f6bp figs-abstractnouns τὴν βλασφημίαν ἐκ τῶν λεγόντων Ἰουδαίους εἶναι ἑαυτούς 1 I know the slander of those who say they are Jews If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **slander**, you can express it as a verb. Alternate translation: “how people have slandered you—those who say they are Jews” or “how people have said terrible things about you—those who say they are Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
REV 2 9 qf9p καὶ οὐκ εἰσίν 1 but they are not Alternate translation: “but they are not real Jews”

Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 111 and column 220.